WO2018124087A1 - Colorant dispersion liquid for color filters, coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device - Google Patents

Colorant dispersion liquid for color filters, coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018124087A1
WO2018124087A1 PCT/JP2017/046687 JP2017046687W WO2018124087A1 WO 2018124087 A1 WO2018124087 A1 WO 2018124087A1 JP 2017046687 W JP2017046687 W JP 2017046687W WO 2018124087 A1 WO2018124087 A1 WO 2018124087A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
color material
mass
color filter
color
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/046687
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
中村 和彦
渚 井上
亘 田尻
Original Assignee
株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル filed Critical 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority to JP2018559523A priority Critical patent/JP7094891B2/en
Priority to CN201780076574.9A priority patent/CN110062900A/en
Publication of WO2018124087A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018124087A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B45/00Complex metal compounds of azo dyes
    • C09B45/02Preparation from dyes containing in o-position a hydroxy group and in o'-position hydroxy, alkoxy, carboxyl, amino or keto groups
    • C09B45/14Monoazo compounds
    • C09B45/18Monoazo compounds containing copper
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B45/00Complex metal compounds of azo dyes
    • C09B45/02Preparation from dyes containing in o-position a hydroxy group and in o'-position hydroxy, alkoxy, carboxyl, amino or keto groups
    • C09B45/14Monoazo compounds
    • C09B45/22Monoazo compounds containing other metals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a color filter color material dispersion, a color filter colored resin composition, a color filter, and a display device.
  • the color filter used in the liquid crystal display device generally defines a transparent substrate, a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate, which is composed of colored patterns of three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and each colored pattern.
  • the light shielding portion is formed on the transparent substrate.
  • a pigment dispersion method, a dyeing method, an electrodeposition method, a printing method, and the like are known.
  • a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted.
  • the liquid crystal display device has a problem of viewing angle dependency due to the refractive index anisotropy of the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate as a specific problem.
  • This problem of viewing angle dependency is a problem that the color and contrast of an image that is visually recognized change when the liquid crystal display device is viewed from the front and when viewed from an oblique direction.
  • Such a problem of viewing angle characteristics has become more serious as the liquid crystal display device has recently been enlarged.
  • a method of incorporating a retardation film into a liquid crystal display device has been widely used.
  • the color filter used in the liquid crystal display device has a different phase difference depending on the coloring pattern of each color of the colored layer, when the above retardation film is used, the difference in the retardation of each color coloring pattern is compensated. It is difficult to completely solve the problem of viewing angle dependency.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses C.I. as a red pigment.
  • I. Pigment Red 177 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG177) and 1: 1 complex of azobarbituric acid with nickel, compatible isomers, and at least one of these compounds in the crystal lattice of other compounds.
  • PG177 Pigment Red 177
  • CI Pigment Yellow 150 derivative (Ni complex) made of at least one crystal selected from the group consisting of inserted crystals.
  • Patent Document 2 includes, as a novel metal azo pigment, a dianion of a specific azo compound and an adduct of a metal azo compound composed of at least two metal ions of Zn 2+ and Ni 2+ and melamine or a derivative thereof, A metal azo pigment having a specific signal and no specific signal in an X-ray diffraction diagram is described.
  • the present invention is excellent in color material dispersion stability and uses a color material dispersion for color filters that can form a colored layer with improved contrast while the retardation value is reduced, and the color material dispersion for the color filters.
  • Color filter colored resin composition capable of forming a colored layer with excellent color reproducibility with improved contrast while the retardation value is reduced, while the retardation value is reduced using the colored resin composition for color filter.
  • a color material dispersion for a color filter according to the present invention is a color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent,
  • the color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material
  • the yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof:
  • the dispersing agent is a color material dispersion for a color filter, which is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a colored resin composition for a color filter containing a coloring material, a dispersant, a binder component, and a solvent
  • the color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material
  • the yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof:
  • the dispersant is a colored resin composition for a color filter, which is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
  • each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R b is independently —OH or — NH 2.
  • each R c is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is a divalent linking group
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention. It is the coloring layer which is a hardened
  • the present invention provides a display device comprising the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the color material dispersion liquid for color filters that is excellent in color material dispersion stability and can form a colored layer with improved contrast while the retardation value is reduced, and the color material dispersion liquid for color filters are used.
  • the color resin composition for color filters capable of forming a colored layer with excellent color reproducibility with improved contrast while the phase difference value is reduced, and the phase difference value is reduced using the color resin composition for color filter
  • a color filter with improved contrast and excellent color reproducibility and a display device with improved contrast and excellent color reproducibility while reducing the phase difference value by using the color filter. can do.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the display device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing another example of the display device of the present invention.
  • light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and further includes radiation, and the radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it means an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and an electron beam.
  • (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red is “PR”
  • C.I. I. Pigment Orange as “PO”
  • C.I. I. Pigment Yellow is abbreviated as “PY” where appropriate.
  • a color material dispersion for a color filter according to the present invention is a color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent,
  • the color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material
  • the yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof:
  • the dispersing agent is a color material dispersion for a color filter, which is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
  • each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R b is independently —OH or — NH 2.
  • each R c is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • A is a divalent linking group
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • the color material dispersion of the present invention is used in combination with the specific color material and a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant, the color material dispersion stability is improved. It is possible to form a colored layer with excellent contrast while reducing the retardation value. Since many red color materials generally have an annular planar structure, since they are easy to crystallize when forming a colored layer as a color material dispersion for a color filter, the retardation in the thickness direction of the obtained colored layer The value tends to increase.
  • the red color material includes a specific yellow color material containing two or more kinds of metal ions and a weight having a specific structural unit represented by the general formula (I). Since the combination of the dispersant, which is a coalescence, is used, the interaction between the red color material and the specific yellow color material containing two or more kinds of metal ions causes the red color material and the yellow color material to be crystallized. Colored layer with improved contrast while reducing phase difference value because growth is suppressed and atomization is possible, and red color material and yellow color material are atomized and dispersed in combination with the dispersant. It is estimated that can be formed.
  • the metal forming the metal complex containing the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) is a single color material, it is difficult to atomize because of high crystallinity, and it is difficult to improve contrast. It was. Further, the retardation value of the colored layer obtained by combining with the red color material tends to be high.
  • the specific yellow color material containing 2 or more types of metal ions is used with respect to the anion of the azo compound represented by general formula (A).
  • the yellow color material contains two or more kinds of metal ions, not only the crystal growth of the yellow color material is suppressed, but also the crystal growth of the red color material is suppressed, and further, the specific dispersant is combined.
  • the red color material is combined with the specific yellow color material to obtain a P / V ratio ((color material component mass in the composition) / (solid other than the color material component in the composition). Even if the (mass ratio) ratio) is suppressed, red pixels included in the high chromaticity red chromaticity region can be produced. It is estimated that the retardation value in the thickness direction of the colored layer is reduced due to the synergistic effect that the P / V ratio is reduced in the colored layer and the crystal growth of the red color material is suppressed. .
  • the content of the binder component can be relatively increased, so that the platemaking property is improved and the adhesion to the substrate is improved. It becomes possible to form a higher colored layer.
  • the color material dispersion of the present invention contains at least a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent, and may further contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. .
  • each component of the color material dispersion of the present invention will be described in detail in order.
  • the color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material
  • the yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof:
  • the specific yellow color material is used as a yellow color material, a decrease in luminance can be suppressed when combined with a red color material, and crystallization is suppressed and atomization is possible. Since it is excellent in dispersibility when combined with a specific dispersant described later, the contrast can be improved and the retardation value can be reduced.
  • each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R b is independently —OH or — NH 2.
  • Examples of the acyl group in the acylamino group in the general formula (A) include, for example, an alkylcarbonyl group, a phenylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, an alkyl, phenyl, or a carbamoyl group that may be substituted with naphthyl, an alkyl , Sulfamoyl group optionally substituted with phenyl or naphthyl, guanyl group optionally substituted with alkyl, phenyl or naphthyl, and the like.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted with, for example, a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and / or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the phenyl group and naphthyl group are, for example, halogen such as F, Cl and Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and / or 1 carbon atom. It may be substituted with 6 or less alkoxy groups.
  • the alkyl group in the alkylamino group in the general formula (A) preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted with, for example, a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and / or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br
  • —OH, —CN —NH 2
  • / or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms examples include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • These aryl groups include, for example, halogens such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, and those having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, —NH 2 , —NO 2, and —CN may be substituted.
  • each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, or alkylamino. It is preferable from the viewpoint comprising a reddish hue, the two R a may be different even in the same, respectively.
  • two R a s are, in terms of hue, when both are —OH, both are —NH—CN, or one is —OH and one is —NH—. More preferably, it is CN, and even more preferably both are —OH.
  • R b is more preferably —OH from the viewpoint of hue.
  • the at least two kinds of metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu, and Mn a metal that becomes a divalent or trivalent cation is used. It is preferable to include at least one, preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of Ni, Cu, and Zn, and more preferably at least Ni. Furthermore, it is preferable that Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu, and Mn are further included. Furthermore, it is preferable that at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Zn, Cu, Al and Fe is included. In particular, the at least two metals are preferably Ni and Zn, or Ni and Cu.
  • the content ratio of at least two metals may be appropriately adjusted.
  • the yellow color material used in the present invention is selected from the group consisting of Ni and further Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn.
  • the content ratio with the at least one metal is preferably such that Ni: the other at least one metal is contained in a molar ratio of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably a mole of 90:10 to 10:90. It is preferable to include by ratio.
  • Ni and Zn are preferably included in a molar ratio of Ni: Zn of 90:10 to 10:90, and more preferably 80:20 to 20:80. preferable.
  • Ni and Cu are preferably included in a molar ratio of Ni: Cu of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably in a molar ratio of 96: 4 to 20:80. preferable.
  • the yellow color material has a red hue, it is easy to produce a red pixel included in the high chromaticity red chromaticity region even if the P / V ratio is suppressed.
  • the yellow color material used in the present invention may further contain metal ions different from the specific metal ions.
  • the yellow color material used in the present invention may contain, for example, at least one metal ion selected from the group consisting of Li, Cs, Mg, Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, and La. .
  • the common crystal lattice includes at least two kinds of metal ions or whether another crystal lattice includes one type of metal ion each aggregated. For example, it can be appropriately determined by using an X-ray diffraction method with reference to JP-A-2014-12838.
  • the yellow color material used in the present invention further contains a compound represented by the following general formula (B).
  • the yellow color material used in the present invention comprises a metal complex comprising an anion of an azo compound represented by the general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof and a specific metal ion, and the following general formula (B).
  • numerator with the compound represented by this is included.
  • the bonds between these molecules can be formed, for example, by intermolecular interactions, by Lewis acid-base interactions, or by coordinate bonds.
  • a structure such as an inclusion compound in which a guest molecule is incorporated in a lattice constituting a host molecule may be used.
  • a mixed substitution crystal may be formed in which two substances form a joint crystal, and atoms of the second component are located at regular lattice positions of the first component.
  • each R c is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group for R c is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted with an —OH group.
  • R c is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (B) is generally based on 1 mol of the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) and the azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof. 5 mol to 300 mol, preferably 10 mol to 250 mol, and more preferably 100 mol to 200 mol.
  • the yellow color material used in the present invention further includes urea and substituted ureas such as phenylurea and dodecylurea, and polycondensates thereof with aldehydes, particularly formaldehyde; heterocycles such as barbituric acid and benzimidazo.
  • urea and substituted ureas such as phenylurea and dodecylurea, and polycondensates thereof with aldehydes, particularly formaldehyde; heterocycles such as barbituric acid and benzimidazo.
  • Ron benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid, 2,3-dihydroxyquinoxaline, 2,3-dihydroxyquinoxaline-6-sulfonic acid, carbazole, carbazole-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyquinoline, 2,4- Contains dihydroxyquinoline, caprolactam, melamine, 6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, 6-methyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, cyanuric acid, etc. May be.
  • the yellow color material used in the present invention further includes a water-soluble polymer such as ethylene-propylene oxide block polymer, polyvinyl alcohol, poly (meth) acrylic acid such as carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methyl.
  • a water-soluble polymer such as ethylene-propylene oxide block polymer, polyvinyl alcohol, poly (meth) acrylic acid such as carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methyl.
  • -And modified cellulose such as ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose may be included.
  • the yellow color material used in the present invention can be prepared by referring to, for example, JP-A-2014-12838.
  • a colorant having a transmittance at a wavelength of 520 nm of 20% or less and a transmittance of a wavelength of 640 nm of 70% or more is used.
  • the red color material used in the present invention is a slightly yellowish red color material (an orange material with strong redness). I. A coloring material denoted as pigment orange is also included.
  • a red color material in order to measure the color of a red color material as a single unit, an appropriate dispersant, binder component and solvent are mixed with the red color material to prepare a coating solution, which is then coated on a transparent substrate. May be dried and cured as necessary.
  • a binder component a non-curable thermoplastic resin composition may be used as long as a transparent coating film capable of performing colorimetry can be formed, or a photo-curable (photosensitive) or thermosetting resin composition. May be used.
  • a coating film containing only a red color material as a color material may be formed and colorimetry may be performed. it can.
  • the solid content used in the resin composition of Example 1 described later can be used as a solid content other than the red color material.
  • a transparent coating film including a dispersant and a binder component that can perform colorimetry for example, the film thickness is 2.0 ⁇ m, and the transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 380 to 780 nm is 95% or more. can do.
  • the spectral transmittance spectrum can be measured using a spectroscopic measurement device (for example, an Olympus microscope OSP-SP200).
  • the measurement condition is a C light source.
  • the red color material used in the present invention is not particularly limited. Examples include perylene pigments and thioindigo pigments.
  • the red color material used in the present invention is at least one selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a naphthol azo pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, and a perylene pigment from the viewpoint of suppressing the P / V ratio. It is preferable to include a seed, and further, from the viewpoint of easily forming a hue of high color density and high brightness, it further includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and an anthraquinone pigment. preferable.
  • Examples of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment include those represented by the following general formula (1).
  • a 3 and A 4 are each independently a halogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, tert-butyl group, phenyl group, N, N-dimethylamino group, trifluoromethyl group, or A cyano group, k and k ′ each independently represent an integer of 0 or more and 5 or less, and when k and k ′ are each an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of A 3 and A 4 may be the same May be different.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment examples include C.I. I. Pigment red 254, C.I. I. Pigment red 255, C.I. I. Pigment red 264, C.I. I. Pigment red 270, C.I. I. Pigment red 272, C.I. I. Pigment orange 71, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 73, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the following chemical formula (2).
  • naphthol-based azo pigment examples include C.I. I. Pigment red 144, C.I. I. Pigment red 166, C.I. I. Pigment red 214, C.I. I. Pigment red 242, C.I. I. Pigment red 21, C.I. I. Pigment red 2, C.I. I. Pigment red 112, C.I. I. Pigment red 114, C.I. I. Pigment red 5, C.I. I. Pigment red 146, C.I. I. Pigment red 170, C.I. I. Pigment orange 38, C.I. I. Pigment red 187, C.I. I. Pigment red 150, C.I. I. And CI Pigment Red 185.
  • Other azo pigments include C.I. I. Pigment red 38, C.I. I. Pigment red 41 etc. are mentioned.
  • the anthraquinone pigments include C.I. I. Pigment red 177, C.I. I. Pigment red 168, C.I. I. And CI Pigment Orange 51.
  • red color material As the red color material, C.I. I. Pigment red 254, C.I. I. Pigment red 264, C.I. I. Pigment Red 272, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the above chemical formula (2), C.I. I. Pigment red 242, C.I. I. Pigment orange 38, C.I. I. Pigment red 177, and C.I. I. It is preferable to use one or more red color materials selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Red 179. I. Pigment Red 254, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the above chemical formula (2), C.I. I. A combination with Pigment Red 177 is preferably used. C. I.
  • Pigment Red 254 a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the above chemical formula (2), C.I. I.
  • the content ratio in the case of combining with Pigment Red 177 is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired color material.
  • Pigment Red 254 is 10 to 80 parts by mass
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the chemical formula (2) is 10 to 70 parts by mass
  • the content rate of the said red color material is a preferable rate at the time of setting it as the below-mentioned colored resin composition
  • a colored resin composition can be manufactured using 2 or more types of color material dispersions suitably mixed. Therefore, the color material dispersion itself is preferably used even if it does not have the same content ratio as that of the colored resin composition described later.
  • a red color material and the specific yellow color material are used in combination as a color material, but other color materials such as those exemplified in the colored resin composition described below are used in combination. May be.
  • other color materials for example, other yellow color materials, orange color materials not included in the red color material, and the like are preferably used.
  • the yellow color material is preferably used.
  • each content ratio of the red color material and the specific yellow color material, and the content ratio in the case of using other color materials are the same content ratio as that of the color resin composition described later. It is preferable to do.
  • two or more colorant dispersions can be appropriately mixed and used to produce a colored resin composition, so that the colorant dispersion is preferably used even if the content ratio is not the same as that of the later-described colored resin composition.
  • the average primary particle size of the color material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can produce a desired color when it is used as a color layer of a color filter, and varies depending on the type of color material used. Is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 15 nm to 60 nm. When the average primary particle diameter of the color material is in the above range, a display device including a color filter manufactured using the color material dispersion of the present invention can be made with high contrast and high quality. .
  • the average dispersed particle diameter of the color material in the color material dispersion varies depending on the type of the color material used, it is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, and preferably in the range of 15 nm to 60 nm. More preferred.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the color material in the color material dispersion is the dispersed particle size of the color material particles dispersed in a dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. It is.
  • the color material dispersion is appropriately diluted to a concentration that can be measured with a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times). Etc.) and can be measured at 23 ° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.).
  • the average distribution particle size here is a volume average particle size.
  • the content of the color material is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the color material is 5 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix
  • it is 30 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion. It is preferable to mix at a ratio of 75 parts by mass or less.
  • a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used as a dispersant.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material.
  • the color material dispersion of the present invention improves the adsorption performance to the color material, and improves the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material. To do.
  • A is a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group in A include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, and an ether group having a carbon atom number of 1 to 10 (—R ′).
  • R ′ and R ′′ are each independently an alkylene group) and combinations thereof.
  • a in the general formula (I) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a —CONH— group or a —COO— group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group that may include a hetero atom in R 2 and R 3 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, and an aryl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like. It is preferably 1 or more and 18 or less, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a biphenylmethyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 7 or more and 14 or less.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, and more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
  • the preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
  • the hydrocarbon group containing a hetero atom has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a hetero atom.
  • the hetero atom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom.
  • the hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom.
  • R 2 and R 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure” means that R 2 and R 3 form a ring structure through a nitrogen atom.
  • the ring structure formed by R 2 and R 3 may contain a hetero atom.
  • the ring structure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring.
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R 2 and R 3 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring.
  • a piperidine ring and a morpholine ring are preferable, and among them, at least one of R 2 and R 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R 2 and R 3.
  • Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) include dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, and other alkyl group-substituted amino groups.
  • Examples include group-containing (meth) acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like.
  • dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be composed of one type or may include two or more types of structural units.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) preferably further includes a portion having solvent affinity from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility.
  • a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond that can be polymerized with a monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is selected depending on the solvent so as to have solvent affinity. It is preferable to select and use as appropriate. As a standard, it is preferable to introduce a solvent-affinity site so that the solubility of the polymer at 23 ° C. is 50 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
  • a block copolymer can be formed from the viewpoint that the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material and the heat resistance of the resin composition can be improved and a colored layer having high brightness and high contrast can be formed.
  • a graft copolymer is preferable and a block copolymer is particularly preferable.
  • particularly preferred block copolymers will be described in detail.
  • Block copolymer When the block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is an A block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is basic and the A block has an adsorption site for a coloring material. Function as. On the other hand, the B block not containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) functions as a block having solvent affinity.
  • the arrangement of each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, and the like can be used. Among these, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
  • Examples of the structural unit constituting the B block include a monomer having an unsaturated double bond copolymerizable with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the structural unit represented by (II) is preferred.
  • a ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 5 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 6 ) —CH (R 7 ) —O] x —R 8 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 8.
  • R 6 and R 7 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 8 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 9
  • R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom number of 1 or more and 5 or less. It is an alkyl group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 30, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18.
  • the divalent linking group A ′ in the general formula (II) can be the same as A in the general formula (I).
  • a ′ is preferably a divalent linking group containing a direct bond, —CONH— group, or —COO— group from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent.
  • solubility in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) suitably used as a solvent, and a relatively inexpensive material
  • a ′ may be a —COO— group. preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group examples include 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, dicyclopentenyl group, adamantyl group, and lower alkyl group-substituted adamantyl group.
  • the alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group.
  • the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the polymer obtained, it is preferable that there is a double bond at the terminal of the alkenyl group.
  • Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon substituent such as an alkyl group or an alkenyl group include a nitro group and a halogen atom.
  • aryl group examples include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group, and may further have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, and more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
  • aralkyl group a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group, etc. are mentioned, Furthermore, you may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 7 or more and 14 or less.
  • substituent on the aromatic ring such as an aryl group and an aralkyl group include straight chain and branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups, nitro groups, and halogen atoms.
  • the preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
  • x is an integer of 1 or more and 30 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 26 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, still more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, particularly preferably 1 or more and 2 Y is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably 2 or 3.
  • z is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 2 or less.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 8 can be the same as that shown for R 5 .
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 8 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of excellent developability.
  • R 9 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and may be linear, branched or cyclic.
  • R 5 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) may be the same or different from each other.
  • the R 5 is preferably selected so as to be excellent in compatibility with a solvent described later.
  • the solvent is generally used as a solvent for a colored resin composition for a color filter.
  • a commonly used solvent such as glycol ether acetate, ether or ester is used, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a benzyl group or the like is preferable.
  • R 5 In the structural unit constituting the B block, as R 5 , — [CH (R 6 ) —CH (R 7 ) —O] x —R 8 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — It contains what is R 8 is, excellent developability, from the viewpoint of excellent suppression of development residue.
  • R 5 may be substituted with a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, or an isocyanate group as long as the dispersion performance of the block copolymer is not hindered.
  • the substituent may be added by reacting with the compound having the substituent.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the solvent-compatible block part of the block copolymer may be appropriately selected.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the solvent-compatible block part is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 100 ° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the solvent-affinity block part in the present invention can be calculated by the following formula.
  • Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer.
  • the homopolymer glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of each monomer may adopt the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (by J. Brandrup, EH Immergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)). it can.
  • the number of structural units constituting the solvent affinity block may be appropriately adjusted within a range where the colorant dispersibility is improved.
  • the number of structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block part is 10 or more and 200 or less from the viewpoint that the solvent-affinity part and the colorant affinity part act effectively and improve the dispersibility of the colorant.
  • it is 10 or more and 100 or less, more preferably 10 or more and 70 or less.
  • the solvent-affinity block part may be selected so as to function as a solvent-affinity site, and the repeating unit constituting the solvent-affinity block part may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds.
  • the repeating unit may be included.
  • the dispersant is a polymer having a structure represented by the general formula (II) and having an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g to 120 mgKOH / g. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving luminance and contrast without depositing foreign matters.
  • the amine value is within the above range, the viscosity is excellent in stability over time and heat resistance, and is also excellent in alkali developability and solvent resolubility.
  • the amine value of the dispersant is preferably 80 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 90 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the amine value of the dispersant is preferably 110 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 105 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the amine value refers to the number of mg of potassium hydroxide equivalent to perchloric acid required to neutralize the amine component contained in 1 g of a sample, and can be measured by the method defined in JIS-K7237. When measured by this method, even if it is an amino group that forms a salt with the organic acid compound in the dispersant, the organic acid compound usually dissociates, so that the block copolymer itself used as the dispersant is itself The amine value of can be measured.
  • the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more as a lower limit from the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing development residue.
  • the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of more excellent development residue suppression effect.
  • the acid value of the dispersant is preferably 0 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is 18 mgKOH / g or less as the upper limit of the acid value of the dispersant from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration in development adhesion and solvent resolubility. preferable.
  • the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 12 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 8 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint that the development adhesion and the solvent re-solubility are improved.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more. This is because the effect of suppressing the development residue is improved.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 0 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the upper limit of the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 18 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 12 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 8 mgKOH / g or less. . This is because the development adhesiveness and the solvent resolubility are improved.
  • the glass transition temperature of a dispersing agent is 30 degreeC or more from the point which image development adhesiveness improves. That is, whether the dispersant is a block copolymer before salt formation or a salt block copolymer, the glass transition temperature is preferably 30 ° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is low, it is particularly close to the developer temperature (usually about 23 ° C.), and the development adhesion may be lowered. This is presumably because when the glass transition temperature is close to the developer temperature, the movement of the dispersant increases during development, resulting in poor development adhesion.
  • the glass transition temperature is 30 ° C.
  • the amount of the binder is relatively decreased, so that the colored resin layer is easily peeled off from the base substrate during development.
  • the dispersant contains a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and has the specific acid value and glass transition temperature, the development adhesion is improved. If the acid value is too high, the developability is excellent, but it is presumed that the polarity is too high and peeling easily occurs during development.
  • the dispersant is a polymer having a structure represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less, and an acid value.
  • 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less and a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or more is excellent in colorant dispersion stability, improves contrast, and suppresses generation of development residue when a colored resin composition is obtained.
  • the carboxy group-containing monomer a monomer that can be copolymerized with a monomer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and contains an unsaturated double bond and a carboxy group can be used.
  • monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, and the like.
  • an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used.
  • a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates
  • acid anhydride group containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxy group.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer may be appropriately set so that the acid value of the block copolymer is within the range of the specific acid value.
  • it is preferable that it is 0.05 mass% or more and 4.5 mass% or less with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of a block copolymer, and is 0.07 mass% or more and 3.7 mass% or less. More preferably.
  • the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer Since the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer is not less than the lower limit value, the effect of suppressing the development residue is expressed, and since it is not more than the upper limit value, the development adhesiveness is deteriorated and the solvent resolubility is reduced. Deterioration can be prevented.
  • the structural unit derived from a carboxy group containing monomer should just become said specific acid value, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units.
  • the monomer whose glass transition temperature (Tgi) of the homopolymer of the monomer is 10 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint that the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is a specific value or higher and development adhesion is improved.
  • Tgi glass transition temperature of the homopolymer of the monomer
  • the ratio m / n of the unit number m of the structural unit of the A block and the unit number n of the structural unit of the B block is in the range of 0.05 to 1.5. In view of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, it is more preferably within the range of 0.1 to 1.0.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 or more and 20000 or less, and preferably 2000 or more and 15000 or less, from the viewpoint of improving the colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 3000 or more and 12000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is determined as a standard polystyrene equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. Although a block copolymer can be produced by a known method, it is preferable to produce it by a living polymerization method. This is because chain transfer and deactivation are unlikely to occur, a copolymer having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility and the like can be improved.
  • the living polymerization method include a living anionic polymerization method such as a living radical polymerization method and a group transfer polymerization method, and a living cation polymerization method.
  • a copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing monomers by these methods.
  • a block copolymer can be produced by first producing the A block and polymerizing the structural units constituting the B block into the A block.
  • the order of polymerization of the A block and the B block can be reversed.
  • the A block and the B block can be manufactured separately, and then the A block and the B block can be coupled.
  • block copolymer having a block part containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a block part having a solvent affinity include, for example, those described in Japanese Patent No. 4911253 A block copolymer can be mentioned as a suitable thing.
  • the polymer containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) an organic acid compound
  • a salt formed with a halogenated hydrocarbon as a dispersant
  • the polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine is a block copolymer
  • the organic acid compound is an acidic organic phosphorus compound such as phenylphosphonic acid or phenylphosphinic acid. And preferred from the viewpoint of excellent dispersion stability.
  • organic acid compound used for such a dispersant examples include, for example, organic acid compounds described in JP 2012-236882 A and the like.
  • the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably at least one of allyl halides such as allyl bromide and benzyl chloride and aralkyl halides from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
  • the dispersant at least one polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used, and the content thereof is the type of the color material to be used, and further described below. It is appropriately selected according to the solid content concentration in the colored resin composition for color filter to be performed.
  • the content of the dispersant is 3 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 35 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the colorant dispersion from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix
  • the content of the dispersant is 3 parts by mass or more and 25 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion. More preferably, it is blended at a ratio of 5 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less.
  • the solid content is everything except the above-mentioned solvent, and includes monomers dissolved in the solvent.
  • the solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colorant dispersion and can dissolve or disperse them.
  • a solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Specific examples of the solvent include, for example, alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol and methoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and methoxypropion Ester solvents such as methyl acid, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-butyl butyrate, clohexanol acetate; acetone, Ke
  • the solvent used in the present invention includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy It should be at least one selected from the group consisting of -3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, and 3-methoxybutyl acetate. It is preferable from the point of aptitude.
  • the glycol ether acetate described above is used as the first solvent because of its high safety; moderate volatility; good dispersibility due to moderate solubility; It is preferable to use a system solvent.
  • a system solvent 2-methoxyethyl acetate or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate having a boiling point (boiling point at atmospheric pressure; the same shall apply hereinafter) of less than 150 ° C. is more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) is particularly preferable. preferable.
  • a solvent having an alcoholic hydroxyl group or a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher is preferable.
  • a 2nd solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be mixed and used for it.
  • the dispersibility is improved and the solvent resolubility is likely to be improved.
  • the solvent having an alcoholic hydroxyl group include the alcohol solvent, the carbitol solvent, and the glycol ether solvent. Specific examples include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (boiling point 121 ° C.), 3-methoxy- Examples include 3-methyl-1-butanol (boiling point 174 ° C.).
  • the content of the solvent having an alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and still more preferably 2% by mass or less in the total solvent. Moreover, 0.1 mass% or more is preferable, 0.3 mass% or more is more preferable, and 1 mass% or more is still more preferable. Within the above range, the solubility of the dispersant tends to be good, and since the dissolution of the dispersant in the first solvent is not hindered, the dispersion stability tends to be good.
  • the first solvent is a solvent having a boiling point of less than 150 ° C.
  • use of a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or more as the second solvent makes it difficult for drying unevenness to occur, hardly causes foreign matter, and tends to improve the solvent resolubility.
  • diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether (boiling point 179 ° C.), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate (boiling point 188 ° C.), diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether (boiling point 179 ° C.), 3 -Methoxybutyl acetate (boiling point 172 ° C.) and the like.
  • the content of the solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less in the total solvent. Moreover, 3 mass% or more is preferable, 5 mass% or more is more preferable, and 10 mass% or more is still more preferable. Within the above range, drying unevenness is unlikely to occur, and the drying time does not become too long and the productivity tends to be good.
  • the boiling point of the above “solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher” is preferably 240 ° C. or lower, particularly preferably 200 ° C. or lower, from the viewpoint that the drying time does not become too long.
  • the solvent as described above is usually preferably in the range of 55% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the color material dispersion containing the solvent. It is preferably in the range of not less than mass% and not more than 90 mass%, more preferably in the range of not less than 70 mass% and not more than 88 mass%.
  • concentration will fall and it may be difficult to achieve to a target chromaticity coordinate.
  • dispersion auxiliary resin examples include alkali-soluble resins exemplified by a colored resin composition for a color filter described later.
  • the steric hindrance of the alkali-soluble resin makes it difficult for the colorant particles to come into contact with each other, and may have the effect of stabilizing the dispersion or reducing the dispersant due to the dispersion stabilizing effect.
  • Other components include, for example, surfactants for improving wettability, silane coupling agents for improving adhesion, antifoaming agents, repellency inhibitors, antioxidants, anti-aggregation agents, and UV absorbers. Etc.
  • the color material dispersion of the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing a colored resin composition for a color filter described later. That is, the color material dispersion is P / V (color material component mass in the composition) / (color material in the composition), which is preliminarily prepared in the previous stage of preparing the color resin composition for color filter described later. It is a colorant dispersion having a high ratio (solid content other than components). Specifically, the ratio of (mass of color material component in composition) / (mass of solid content other than color material component in composition) is usually 1.0 or more.
  • the method for producing the color material dispersion is not particularly limited as long as the color material is a method for obtaining a color material dispersion dispersed in a solvent with the dispersant. Especially, it is preferable to set it as either of the following two manufacturing methods from the point which is excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a coloring material.
  • the first method for producing a colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes a step of preparing the dispersant and a step of dispersing the colorant in the presence of the dispersant in a solvent. .
  • Two or more kinds of color materials may be co-dispersed in the presence of the dispersant in a solvent, or one or more kinds of color materials are dispersed or co-dispersed, and then two or more kinds of color material dispersions are mixed. By doing so, the colorant dispersion of the present invention may be obtained.
  • the second method for producing the colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes a solvent, the block copolymer, the organic acid compound, and halogenated carbonization. While mixing hydrogen and a coloring material, salt formation of at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) with the organic acid compound or the halogenated hydrocarbon is performed. And a step of dispersing the coloring material. Even when the color material is dispersed while forming such a salt, two or more kinds of color materials may be co-dispersed, or after one or more kinds of color materials are dispersed or co-dispersed, two or more kinds of colors are dispersed.
  • the color material dispersion of the present invention may be obtained by mixing the material dispersion.
  • the color material can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
  • the dispersing machine include roll mills such as two rolls and three rolls, ball mills such as a ball mill and a vibration ball mill, bead mills such as a paint conditioner, a continuous disk type bead mill, and a continuous annular type bead mill.
  • the bead diameter to be used is preferably 0.03 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.05 or more and 2.0 mm or less.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a colored resin composition for a color filter containing a coloring material, a dispersant, a binder component, and a solvent,
  • the color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material,
  • the yellow color material is at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri- and tetraanions of the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof;
  • the dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is excellent in color material dispersion stability like the color material dispersion of the present invention, and as described in the section of the color material dispersion of the present invention, the phase difference While the value is reduced, it is possible to form a colored layer having high luminance and high contrast and excellent color reproducibility.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, a binder component, and a solvent, and further contains other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. You may do it.
  • the red color material that is an essential component among the color materials, the specific yellow color material, the dispersant, and the solvent are described above. Since it is the same as that described in the color material dispersion of the present invention, the description here is omitted.
  • the color material in the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention includes a red color material and the specific yellow color material as essential components, but in order to adjust the color tone, other color materials are used in combination. Also good. It is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when forming the color layer of the color filter, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dispersible dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Can be used. Among these, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (C.I. .) Can be listed with numbers.
  • CI Color Index
  • C.I. . color index
  • the dispersible dyes include dyes that are dispersible by imparting various substituents to the dyes or insolubilizing in a solvent by using a known lake (chlorination) technique, and low solubility. Examples thereof include dyes that can be dispersed by using in combination with a solvent. By using such a dispersible dye in combination with the dispersant, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the dye can be improved.
  • the dispersible dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes.
  • dyes examples include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • azo dyes metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • yellow color materials include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 167, 168, 175, 180, 185 and the like.
  • the content ratio of the red color material relative to the entire color material is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity.
  • the red color material is contained in an amount of 35% by mass to 99% by mass with respect to the total amount of the color material from the viewpoint of increasing the color reproducibility and increasing the contrast while reducing the retardation value. More preferably, it is contained in an amount of not less than 98% by mass and not more than 98% by mass, and still more preferably not less than 45% by mass and not more than 97% by mass.
  • the total content of the yellow color material is 1% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the color material from the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the contrast while the retardation value is reduced. Is preferably 2% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or more and 55% by mass or less. Further preferred.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention comprises mono-, di-, tri- and tetraanions of the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) in the yellow color material and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof.
  • the total content of the compound represented by the formula (B) (the specific yellow color material) may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited.
  • the total content of the specific yellow color material is 10% by mass or more and 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the yellow color material from the viewpoint of increasing the color reproducibility and increasing the contrast while the retardation value is reduced. Is preferably 15% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and further preferably 25% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. Even more preferred.
  • the total content of the red color material and the yellow color material is preferably 60% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less and 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less with respect to the total color material. Is more preferable, and it is still more preferable that it is 80 to 100 mass%.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains a binder component in order to impart film formability and adhesion to the surface to be coated.
  • a curable binder component in order to impart film formability and adhesion to the surface to be coated.
  • the curable binder component used in forming the coloring layer of a conventionally well-known color filter can be used suitably.
  • the curable binder component include a photocurable binder component containing a photocurable resin that can be polymerized and cured by visible light, ultraviolet light, electron beam, and the like, and a thermosetting resin that can be polymerized and cured by heating. What contains the thermosetting binder component to contain can be used.
  • the photosensitive binder component which has alkali developability is used suitably.
  • the photosensitive binder component include a positive photosensitive binder component and a negative photosensitive binder component.
  • the positive photosensitive binder component include a system containing an alkali-soluble resin and an o-quinonediazide group-containing compound as a photosensitizing component.
  • the negative photosensitive binder component a system containing at least an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator is preferably used.
  • a negative photosensitive binder component is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by an existing process by a photolithography method.
  • the alkali-soluble resin, the polyfunctional monomer, and the photoinitiator constituting the negative photosensitive binder component will be specifically described.
  • the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected from those that act as a binder resin and are soluble in an alkali developer used for pattern formation.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be based on an acid value of 40 mgKOH / g or more.
  • a preferred alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group, and specifically, acrylic resins such as an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group. And epoxy (meth) acrylate resins having a carboxy group.
  • acrylic resins such as acrylic copolymers and styrene-acrylic copolymers, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination.
  • An acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxyl group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxyl group includes, for example, a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and, if necessary, a copolymer. It is a (co) polymer obtained by (co) polymerizing other polymerizable monomers by a known method.
  • carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer examples include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer. It is done. Also, an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used.
  • anhydride containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxyl group.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion of the colored layer.
  • a hydrocarbon ring that is a bulky group in the alkali-soluble resin shrinkage during curing is suppressed, peeling from the substrate is eased, and substrate adhesion is improved.
  • the present inventors have found that the use of an alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring suppresses the solvent resistance of the obtained colored layer, particularly the swelling of the colored layer. Although the action is unclear, the bulky hydrocarbon ring in the colored layer suppresses the movement of molecules in the colored layer, resulting in an increase in the strength of the coating and suppression of swelling by the solvent. It is estimated that.
  • hydrocarbon rings examples include aliphatic hydrocarbon rings that may have a substituent, aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have a substituent, and combinations thereof. May have a substituent such as an alkyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a halogen atom.
  • the hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group.
  • hydrocarbon ring examples include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane.
  • Ring aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, fluorene, etc .; chain polycycle such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, cardo structure (9,9-diarylfluorene), etc. Is mentioned.
  • the hydrocarbon ring When an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is included as the hydrocarbon ring, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer and improving the luminance of the obtained colored layer. Moreover, when the said cardo structure is included, the sclerosis
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring having a structure in which two or more rings share two or more atoms.
  • Specific examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include norbornane, isobornane, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)].
  • Decene, tricyclopentene, tricyclopentane, tricyclopentadiene, dicyclopentadiene; groups in which a part of these groups are substituted with a substituent are mentioned.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkylcycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen atom.
  • the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms in the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 7 or more, from the viewpoint of compatibility with other materials and solubility in an alkali developer.
  • the upper limit is preferably 12 or less, and particularly preferably 10 or less.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has a maleimide structure represented by the following general formula (III).
  • R M represents an optionally substituted hydrocarbon ring.
  • the alkali-soluble resin has a maleimide structure represented by the general formula (III), it has a nitrogen atom in the hydrocarbon ring, and therefore is a basic polymer that has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the compatibility with the dispersant is very good, the development speed is high, and the effect of suppressing development residue is improved.
  • R M of the general formula (III) specific examples of the optionally substituted hydrocarbon ring, those similar to the specific example of the hydrocarbon ring.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclooctyl group, phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, diethylphenyl group, methoxyphenyl group, benzyl group, hydroxyphenyl group
  • An aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as a naphthyl group, and a group in which a part of these groups is substituted with a substituent are exemplified.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention it is easy to adjust the amount of each constituent unit by using an acrylic copolymer having a constituent unit having a hydrocarbon ring separately from the constituent unit having a carboxy group. This is preferable because the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring is increased to easily improve the function of the structural unit.
  • the acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and the hydrocarbon ring is prepared by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring as the above-mentioned “other monomer capable of copolymerization”. be able to.
  • Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring include cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and phenoxyethyl. (Meth) acrylate, styrene, etc. are mentioned.
  • cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention preferably has an ethylenic double bond in the side chain.
  • the alkali-soluble resins, or the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer can form a cross-linked bond in the curing step of the resin composition at the time of producing the color filter.
  • the film strength of the cured film is further improved and the development resistance is improved, and the thermal contraction of the cured film is suppressed and the adhesiveness with the substrate is excellent.
  • the method for introducing an ethylenic double bond into the alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods.
  • a method of introducing an ethylenic double bond into a side chain by adding a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, to the carboxyl group of the alkali-soluble resin Or by introducing a structural unit having a hydroxyl group into a copolymer, adding a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule, and introducing an ethylenic double bond into the side chain.
  • a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate
  • the alkali-soluble resin of the present invention may further contain other structural units such as a structural unit having an ester group such as methyl (meth) acrylate and ethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the structural unit having an ester group not only functions as a component that suppresses alkali solubility of the colored resin composition for a color filter, but also functions as a component that improves the solubility in a solvent and further the solvent resolubility.
  • the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is preferably an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxyl group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, It is an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxyl group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, and a structural unit having an ethylenic double bond. Is more preferable.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be made into an alkali-soluble resin having desired performance by appropriately adjusting the charged amount of each structural unit.
  • the charged amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably 5% by mass or more and more preferably 10% by mass or more with respect to the total amount of the monomer from the viewpoint of obtaining a good pattern.
  • the amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably 50% by mass or less, and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of monomers. More preferably.
  • the coating film obtained has sufficient solubility in an alkaline developer, and the proportion of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is the upper limit.
  • the proportion of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is the upper limit.
  • an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having an ethylenic double bond and a styrene-acrylic copolymer, which is more preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin
  • an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond are used.
  • the amount of the compound having a bond is preferably 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less with respect to the charged amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • the preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. If it is less than 1,000, the binder function after curing may be remarkably lowered. If it exceeds 50,000, pattern formation may be difficult during development with an alkali developer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer can be measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
  • Epoxy (meth) acrylate resin which has a carboxy group Epoxy (meth) obtained by making the reaction product of an epoxy compound and unsaturated group containing monocarboxylic acid react with an acid anhydride. Acrylate compounds are suitable.
  • the epoxy compound, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and acid anhydride can be appropriately selected from known ones.
  • the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably selected from those having an acid value of 50 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an alkaline aqueous solution used for the developer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 70 mgKOH / g or more and 300 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an aqueous alkali solution used for the developer and adhesion to the substrate. It is preferable that it is 80 mgKOH / g or more and 280 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the acid value can be measured according to JIS K 0070.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent in the case where the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group improves the film strength of the cured film, improves the development resistance, and obtains the effect of excellent adhesion to the substrate. From the viewpoint, it is preferably in the range of 100 to 2000, and particularly preferably in the range of 140 to 1500. When the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesion are excellent. Moreover, since the ratio of other structural units, such as the structural unit which has the said carboxy group, and the structural unit which has a hydrocarbon ring, can be relatively increased if it is 100 or more, it is excellent in developability and heat resistance. Yes.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is a weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
  • Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) W (g) / M (mol) (In Formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of the ethylenic double bond contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is determined, for example, by measuring the number of ethylenic double bonds contained in 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the test method for the iodine value described in JIS K 0070: 1992. It may be calculated.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the colored resin composition for color filters may be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the content is not particularly limited, but for color filters.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is not less than the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability can be easily obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is not more than the above upper limit, film roughness or lack of pattern can be caused during development. It is easy to suppress.
  • the polyfunctional monomer used in the colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by the photoinitiator, and a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is usually used.
  • a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is preferably used, and particularly has two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups.
  • Such polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
  • polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Moreover, when the photocurability (high sensitivity) is requested
  • a polyfunctional monomer is 5 mass% or more and 60 with respect to the solid content whole quantity of the colored resin composition for color filters. It is within the range of 10% by mass or less and more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polyfunctional monomer is not less than the above lower limit, photocuring proceeds sufficiently, and the exposed portion can suppress elution during development, and when the content of the polyfunctional monomer is not more than the above upper limit, alkali development Sex is enough.
  • Photoinitiator There is no restriction
  • the initiator include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4′-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone and 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and benzoin such as ethylbenzoin.
  • Biimidazoles such as 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, halo such as 2-trichloromethyl-5- (p-methoxystyryl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole Methyloxadiazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2- (4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl) -4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1, 2-diphenylethane-1-one, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2 Morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, benzyl, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4 -Benzoyl
  • 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1- Butanone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used.
  • a sensitivity is obtained by combining an ⁇ -aminoacetophenone initiator such as 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone initiator such as diethylthioxanthone.
  • the total content of ⁇ -aminoacetophenone initiator and thioxanthone initiator is preferably 5% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition.
  • the amount of the initiator is 15% by mass or less, sublimates during the production process are reduced, which is preferable.
  • the amount of the initiator is 5% by mass or more, development resistance such as water stain is improved.
  • the initiator preferably contains an oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity.
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator By using an oxime ester photoinitiator, in-plane line width variations are easily suppressed when forming a fine line pattern. Furthermore, by using an oxime ester photoinitiator, the development resistance is improved, and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain tends to be increased.
  • water stain means that, when a component that enhances alkali developability is used, a trace of water stain is generated after rinsing with pure water after alkali development. Such a water stain disappears after post-baking, so there is no problem as a product. Arise.
  • the inspection sensitivity of the inspection apparatus is lowered in the appearance inspection, the yield of the final color filter product is lowered as a result, which becomes a problem.
  • the oxime ester-based photoinitiator those having an aromatic ring are preferable from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored resin composition for color filters and degradation of the apparatus due to decomposition products, and having condensed rings including aromatic rings. More preferred are those having a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a heterocycle.
  • oxime ester photoinitiators examples include 1,2-octadion-1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methyl) Benzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime), JP 2000-80068 A, JP 2001-233842 A, Special Table 2010-527339, Special Table 2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP2013-041153A.
  • Irgacure OXE-02 having a carbazole skeleton (manufactured by BASF), Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics Co., Ltd.), ADEKA having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton ARKULS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA), TR-PBG-345, TR-PBG-3057 (manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials), Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG- having a fluorene skeleton 365 (manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.) or the like may be used.
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of luminance. It is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity. Further, it is preferable to use two or more kinds of oxime ester photoinitiators in terms of easily improving luminance and development resistance and having a high effect of suppressing water stain generation.
  • the combined use of two types of oxime ester photoinitiators having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, or the combined use of an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton is high in luminance and heat resistance. It is preferable from the point of high property.
  • an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton and an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton or an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide is excellent in sensitivity and water stain generation suppression effect. Is preferable.
  • a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure in combination with an oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of suppressing water stain and improving sensitivity. Since the photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure that is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are hardly deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. is there.
  • Examples of commercially available photoinitiators having the tertiary amine structure include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical).
  • 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF
  • 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF
  • combining an oxime ester photoinitiator with a thioxanthone initiator is preferable from the viewpoint of adjusting sensitivity, suppressing water stain, and improving development resistance.
  • Two or more oxime ester photoinitiators and a thioxanthone photoinitiator are preferable.
  • a combination of initiators is preferable in that brightness and development resistance are improved, sensitivity adjustment is easy, water stain generation suppression effect is high, and development resistance is improved.
  • the content of the photoinitiator used in the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is usually about 0.01 parts by mass or more and 100 parts by mass or less, preferably 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyfunctional monomer.
  • the amount is 60 parts by mass or less. If this content is not less than the above lower limit, the photocuring is sufficiently advanced and the exposed portion is prevented from being eluted during development, while if it is not more than the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer is weakened and the luminance is reduced. It can suppress that it falls.
  • the total content of two or more oxime ester photoinitiators is based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. 0.1% by mass or more and 12.0% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more and 8.0% by mass or less in the range of sufficiently exhibiting the combined effect of these photoinitiators. To preferred.
  • the binder component used in the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention preferably has a total content of 35% by mass to 97% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for a color filter. It is more preferable to blend in a proportion of not less than mass% and not more than 96 mass%. If it is more than the said lower limit, the colored layer excellent in hardness and the adhesiveness with a board
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter may contain various additives as necessary.
  • additives include, in addition to antioxidants, mercapto compounds, polymerization terminators, chain transfer agents, leveling agents, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesion promoters. Etc.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains an antioxidant because heat resistance is improved, fading of the coloring material is suppressed, and luminance is improved.
  • the colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion of the SiN substrate.
  • the antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known antioxidants. Specific examples of antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, hydrazine antioxidants, and the like. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant.
  • the hindered phenol antioxidant contains at least one phenol structure, and has a structure in which a substituent having 4 or more carbon atoms is substituted on at least one of the 2-position and 6-position of the hydroxyl group of the phenol structure. Means an antioxidant.
  • hindered phenol antioxidant examples include, for example, dibutylhydroxytoluene (BHT), pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: Irganox 1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6 Tris (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl) mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylanilino) -2 , 4-Bis (octylthio) -1,3,5-triazine (trade name: Irganox 565) BASF), 2,2′-thiodiethylbis [
  • oligomer-type and polymer-type compounds having a hindered phenol structure can also be used.
  • pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance.
  • a hindered phenol antioxidant having a molecular weight of 1000 or less and a molecular weight per phenolic hydroxyl group of 280 equivalents or less, and further a molecular weight of 500 or less and a molecular weight per phenolic hydroxyl group of 200 equivalents or less.
  • Such an antioxidant has high fluidity and many active points per weight, so that radical trapping suppresses color material aggregation due to rapid curing shrinkage during exposure and post-baking, It is presumed that the above effect is easily obtained due to suppression of yellowing.
  • examples of such an antioxidant include 6,6′-di-tert-butyl-4,4′-butylidene di-m-cresol (trade name: ADK STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA).
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound having a protecting group that can be removed by heating, and exhibiting an antioxidant function when the protecting group is eliminated. Among them, those which are easy to remove the protecting group by heating at 150 ° C. or higher are preferable.
  • the latent antioxidant as described in international publication 2014/021023 is mentioned.
  • latent antioxidants examples include latent hindered phenol antioxidants in which the phenolic hydroxyl group of the hindered phenol antioxidant is protected with a protecting group that can be removed by heating.
  • latent hindered phenolic antioxidants phenolic hydroxyl groups of hindered phenolic antioxidants, acid anhydrides, acid chlorides, Boc reagents, alkyl halide compounds, silyl chloride compounds, allyl ether compounds, etc. And the reaction product.
  • a structure in which the hydrogen of the phenol group of the hindered phenol antioxidant is substituted with a carbamate protecting group such as a t-butoxycarbonyl group is preferably used. Examples include, but are not limited to, the following chemical formulas (a) to (c).
  • the method for producing the latent antioxidant is not particularly limited.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is preferably used as a colored resin composition in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator and an antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving luminance by a synergistic effect.
  • antioxidant is 0.05 mass part or more and 10.00 mass part or less with respect to 100 mass parts of total solids in a colored resin composition, 0.10 More preferably, it is at least part by mass and no more than 5.00 parts by mass. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is below the said upper limit, the colored resin composition of this invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
  • the content of the antioxidant is 1 part by mass of the antioxidant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester photoinitiator. It is preferably 250 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less. If it is in the said range, it is excellent in the effect of the said combination.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains a mercapto compound from the viewpoint of improving the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains a combination of the oxime ester photoinitiator and a mercapto compound as a photosensitive colored resin composition, which improves development resistance and generates water stains. This is preferable because the suppression effect is further improved, and when forming a fine line pattern, the linearity is further improved, and the ability to form a fine line pattern as designed for the mask line width is improved.
  • “Improved linearity” means that the end of the colored layer formed in the development step after applying the colored composition has few irregularities and is linear or substantially linear.
  • the mercapto compound can function as a chain transfer agent, and has the property of receiving radicals from slowly reacting radicals to accelerate the reaction and improve curability.
  • Examples of mercapto compounds include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, and 3-mercaptopropionic acid.
  • the mercapto compound one or a combination of two or more may be used. Among them, one or more selected from the group consisting of polyfunctional mercapto compounds having two or more mercapto groups in one molecule may be used. It is preferable from the viewpoint that the crosslink density is increased and the effect of suppressing water stain is improved.
  • a secondary mercapto compound having a secondary mercapto group in which the carbon atom to which the mercapto group is bonded is a secondary carbon atom is preferable from the viewpoint that even when stored for a long period of time, a good water stain suppression effect is easily maintained. Further, a polyfunctional secondary mercapto compound having two or more secondary mercapto groups in one molecule is more preferable.
  • the content of the mercapto compound used in the colored resin composition for color filter is not particularly limited, but the mercapto compound is 0.2% by mass or more and 7% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filter. % Or less, and more preferably in the range of 0.5% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the above effects.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains an ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint that a colored layer with improved contrast can be formed while the retardation value is reduced.
  • an ultraviolet absorber suitably from a conventionally well-known thing.
  • Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include benzotriazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, triazine compounds, and the like. Among them, it is preferable to use a benzotriazole-based compound from the viewpoint that a colored layer with improved contrast can be formed while the retardation value is reduced.
  • benzotriazole compounds examples include 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, octyl-3 [3- t-Butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3- [3-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5- Chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis ( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, 2- (3- t-butyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (3,5-di-t-amyl-2- Droxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-
  • Examples of commercially available products include “TINUVIN P”, “TINUVIN PS”, “TINUVIN 109”, “TINUVIN 234”, “TINUVIN 326”, “TINUVIN 328”, “TINUVIN 329”, and “TINUVIN 384-2” manufactured by BASF. ”,“ TINUVIN 900 ”,“ TINUVIN 928 ”,“ TINUVIN 99-2 ”,“ TINUVIN 1130 ”, and the like.
  • a benzotriazole-based compound represented by the following general formula (IV) is preferable because a colored layer with improved contrast can be formed while the retardation value is reduced.
  • R 11 and R 12 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom or a phenyl group, and X represents a hydrogen atom or a chlorine atom. .
  • R 12 is preferably a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a t-amyl group, a t-octyl group, or an ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl group
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom
  • An atom, a t-butyl group, a t-amyl group, or an ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl group is preferable.
  • an ultraviolet absorber is 0.05 mass part or more with respect to 100 mass parts of total solids in a colored resin composition. It is preferably 10.00 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 0.10 parts by mass or more and 5.00 parts by mass or less. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is below the said upper limit, the colored resin composition of this invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
  • the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is preferably used as a colored resin composition in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator and an ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint of improving luminance by a synergistic effect.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber is 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester photoinitiator.
  • the amount is preferably 250 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less. If it is in the said range, it is excellent in the effect of the said combination.
  • surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP 2013-029832 A, for example.
  • silane coupling agents examples include KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBM573, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403. KBM-303, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-9007, X-12-967C (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone), and the like. Of these, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, and KBM-5103 having a methacrylic group and an acrylic group are preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion of the SiN substrate.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more and 10.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the colored resin composition. More preferably, it is 1 part by mass or more and 5.0 parts by mass or less. If it is more than the said lower limit and below the said upper limit, it is excellent in the adhesiveness of SiN.
  • the total content of the color material is 3% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. Is preferred. If it is more than the said lower limit, the colored layer at the time of apply
  • the content of the color material is 15% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix
  • the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material.
  • the content of the dispersant is 1 with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for a color filter. It can be used in the range of mass% to 40 mass%.
  • blend in the ratio of 2 mass% or more and 30 mass% or less with respect to solid content whole quantity of the colored resin composition for color filters, and it is preferable to mix
  • the content of the dispersing agent is 2% by mass or more and 25% by mass or less, more preferably 3%, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix in a proportion of not less than 20% by mass and not more than 20% by mass. Moreover, what is necessary is just to set content of a solvent suitably in the range which can form a colored layer accurately. Usually, it is preferably in the range of 55% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the colored resin composition for a color filter containing the solvent, and in particular, in the range of 65% by mass to 88% by mass. More preferably. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coating property can be excellent.
  • the P / V ratio ((color material component mass in the composition) / (solid content mass other than color material components in the composition) ratio) is degassed or From the viewpoint of heat shrinkage, it is preferably 0.1 or more, and more preferably 0.2 or more. On the other hand, it is excellent in suppression of retardation and manufacturing convenience, that is, solvent resolubility, development. From the viewpoint of excellent residue, development adhesion, development resistance, water stain occurrence suppression effect, etc., it is preferably 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.7 or less, from the point of development residue, development adhesion It is still more preferable that it is 0.6 or less.
  • the film thickness of the cured film is a film after applying the colored resin composition for color filter, drying, exposing to cure the polyfunctional monomer, and then post-baking in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. Thickness.
  • the red colorant is 45.0% by mass or more and 98% of the total colorant.
  • the specific yellow color material is preferably 2.0 mass% or more and 55.0 mass% or less, and the red color material is 50.0 mass% or more and 95.0 mass% or less,
  • the specific yellow color material is preferably 5.0% by mass or more and 50.0% by mass or less, and in particular, the red color material is 55.0% by mass or more and 90.0% by mass or less, and the specific yellow color material. Is preferably 10.0% by mass or more and 45.0% by mass or less.
  • the method for producing the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the color material dispersion of the present invention includes an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, and as necessary. It can be obtained by adding other components and mixing them using a known mixing means.
  • each color material dispersion liquid is prepared, and each color material dispersion liquid, a binder component, and other components as necessary, using a known mixing means. It can be obtained by mixing.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention. It has a colored layer which is a cured product.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a colored layer 3.
  • At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention, that is, a colored layer formed by curing the colored resin composition.
  • the colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light-shielding part on the substrate to be described later, and is usually composed of a colored pattern of three or more colors.
  • the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a four-pixel arrangement type can be used.
  • variety, area, etc. of a colored layer can be set arbitrarily.
  • the thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration, the viscosity, and the like of the colored resin composition for a color filter, but is usually preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the colored layer can be formed by the following method, for example.
  • a coating means such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method. Apply to form a wet coating.
  • spin coating and die coating can be preferably used.
  • Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam.
  • the exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • the heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the colored resin composition for the color filter to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • a coating film is formed with a desired pattern by melt
  • a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to the alkaline solution.
  • a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
  • the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the colored resin composition for color filters is dried to form a colored layer.
  • the heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the application of the coating film.
  • the light shielding part in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as that used as a light shielding part in a general color filter.
  • the pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape.
  • the light shielding part may be a metal thin film such as chromium by sputtering, vacuum deposition or the like.
  • the light shielding part may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder.
  • the thickness of the light-shielding part is set to about 0.2 ⁇ m to 0.4 ⁇ m in the case of a metal thin film, and about 0.5 ⁇ m to 2 ⁇ m in the case where a black pigment is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Set by.
  • substrate As the substrate, a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate, which will be described later, or an aluminum, silver, or silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film formed on the substrate is used. On these substrates, another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor such as a TFT, a circuit, or the like may be formed.
  • the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used.
  • transparent flexible rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glasses. Materials.
  • the thickness of the said transparent substrate is not specifically limited, According to the use of the color filter of this invention, the thing about 100 micrometers or more and 1 mm or less can be used, for example.
  • the color filter of the present invention includes, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, an alignment protrusion, a columnar spacer, etc., in addition to the substrate, the light shielding portion, and the colored layer. Also good.
  • the display device includes the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
  • display defects such as a liquid crystal orientation disorder caused by the electrical characteristics of the green pixel and a burn-in phenomenon caused by a switching threshold shift are suppressed.
  • the device is preferably selected.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention described above, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
  • a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but can be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. Examples of such a drive method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used. Further, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a method for forming a liquid crystal layer a method generally used as a method for producing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating another example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of an organic light emitting display device.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitter 80.
  • An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. Examples thereof include a method and a method in which an organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations in the organic light emitting body 80 known structures can be appropriately used.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display or an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may be a known configuration as an organic light emitting display device that generally uses a color filter.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation was calculated
  • the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation was determined by a method according to the method described in JIS K 7237.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the block copolymer before salt formation was determined as a standard polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method of the present invention described above.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block copolymer before salt formation and after salt formation is determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) (EXSTAR DSC 7020, manufactured by SII Nanotechnology Co., Ltd.) according to the method described in JIS K7121. It measured using.
  • DSC differential scanning calorimetry
  • EEMA 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate
  • HEMA 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate
  • EHMA 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • the obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution is reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and a structural unit derived from a block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a carboxy group-containing monomer A block copolymer A-1 (acid value: 12 mgKOH / g, Tg: 44 ° C.) containing a B block having a solvophilic property was contained.
  • the block copolymer A-1 thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography), and the weight average molecular weight Mw was 8100.
  • the amine value was 110 mgKOH / g.
  • 29.35 parts by mass of block copolymer A-1 was dissolved in 29.35 parts by mass of PGMEA in a 100 mL round bottom flask, and 1.59 parts by mass of phenylphosphonic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry) 0.1 mol) was added to 1 mol of the DMMA unit of the combined A-1, and the mixture was stirred at a reaction temperature of 30 ° C. for 20 hours to obtain a salt type block copolymer A-1 (dispersant a) solution.
  • the amine value after salt formation was calculated as follows.
  • the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt-formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt-formed nitrogen atom at the terminal nitrogen site (amino group) From the ratio, the ratio of the number of amino groups that are salt-formed to the total number of amino groups is calculated, and is not different from the theoretical salt-forming ratio (the two acidic groups of all phenylphosphonic acids are different from the DMMA of the block copolymer A-1). It was confirmed that a salt was formed with the terminal nitrogen site).
  • the amine value after salt formation was calculated as 88 mgKOH / g by subtracting the amine value (22 mgKOH / g) of 0.20 mol of DMMA unit from the amine value 110 mgKOH / g before salt formation.
  • the acid value of the block copolymer A-1 after salt formation is the same as that of the block copolymer A-1 before salt formation.
  • Table 1 shows the acid value, amine value, and Tg of the block copolymer A-1 before and after salt formation.
  • block copolymer A-5 The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain block copolymer A-5.
  • the weight average molecular weight determined by GPC measurement (NMP LiBr 10 mM) was 8,350, and the amine value was 95 mgKOH / g.
  • NMP LiBr 10 mM The weight average molecular weight determined by GPC measurement (NMP LiBr 10 mM) was 8,350, and the amine value was 95 mgKOH / g.
  • 29.35 parts by mass of block copolymer A-5 was dissolved in 29.35 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 3.17 parts by mass of phenylphosphonic acid (PPA, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.20 mol) is added to 1 mol of DMMA unit of copolymer A-5, and the mixture is stirred at a reaction temperature of 30 ° C.
  • Synthesis Example 6 Preparation of dispersant f
  • Synthesis Example 5 instead of phenylphosphonic acid, 3.80 parts by mass of benzyl chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (benzyl chloride is 0.3 mol with respect to 1 mol of DMMA unit of block copolymer A-5) is used.
  • a salt type block copolymer A-6 (dispersant f) solution was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5 except for the above.
  • Table 1 shows the acid value, amine value, and Tg of the obtained block copolymer before and after salt formation.
  • the obtained alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA, and has a solid content of 42.6 mass. %, Acid value 74 mgKOH / g, and weight average molecular weight 12000.
  • the weight average molecular weight was measured with a Shodex GPC System-21H (polypropylene) using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
  • the acid value was measured based on JIS K 0070.
  • Synthesis Example 9 Preparation of alkali-soluble resin B solution
  • Synthesis Example 8 was used except that 20 parts by mass of styrene and 20 parts by mass of N-phenylmaleimide (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were used.
  • an alkali-soluble resin B solution was obtained.
  • the solid content was 42.6% by mass
  • the acid value was 74 mgKOH / g
  • the weight average molecular weight was 12,000.
  • Example 1 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersion R1 6.23 parts by mass of Dispersant a solution of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP, product represented by the following chemical formula (2) as a red colorant Name Irgaphor RED S 3621CF, manufactured by BASF) 2.57 parts by mass, C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 (trade name Hostaperm Red D2B-COF LV3781, manufactured by CLARIANT) 3.86 parts by mass, C.I. I.
  • Pigment Red 177 (trade name Chromophthal Red A2B, manufactured by BASF), 4.49 parts by mass of Azo derivative 2 obtained in Production Example 2 as a yellow color material, and alkali-soluble obtained in Synthesis Example 8 14.59 parts by mass of the resin A solution, 66.12 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of 2.0 mm zirconia beads were put into a mayonnaise bin, and pre-crushed with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.).
  • the colored resin composition R1 obtained in the above (2) is placed on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm. After applying using a spin coater, it is dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, and further post-baked for 30 minutes in a 230 ° C. clean oven. Thus, the colored layer R1 was formed by adjusting the film thickness so that the film thickness after curing was 2.10 ⁇ m.
  • Examples 2 to 11, Comparative Example 1 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions R2 to R9 and RC1
  • a solution in Example 1 (1) instead of the dispersant a solution in Example 1 (1), as shown in Table 2, respectively.
  • the type and amount of the dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same part by mass, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass.
  • Color material dispersions R2 to R6 were obtained.
  • Examples 7 to 9 are the same as Example (3) (1) except that, in Example 3 (1), the color material type and amount used were changed as shown in Table 2, respectively. Thus, colorant dispersions R7 to R9 were obtained.
  • Example 1 instead of the dispersant a solution, the type and amount of the dispersant are set to be equal to parts by mass.
  • the color material dispersion RC1 was obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 1 except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass, and the type and amount of color material were changed. It was.
  • (2) Production of Colored Resin Compositions R2 to R11 and RC1 for Color Filters In Examples 2 to 9 and Comparative Example 1, Table 2 shows the color material dispersion R1 in (2) of Example 1 respectively.
  • the amount of the alkali-soluble resin is adjusted so that the P / V ratio becomes the value shown in Table 2 in order to make the film thickness 2.10 ⁇ m.
  • color resin compositions R2 to R9 and RC1 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 1. Further, in Example 10, instead of using the alkali-soluble resin A solution in Example 3, the alkali-soluble resin B solution obtained in Synthesis Example 9 was used, and an antioxidant (trade name IRGANOX 1010 (1010)) was used. A colored resin composition R10 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 3 except that 0.03 parts by mass of BASF) was added.
  • Example 11 as shown in Table 2 for the photoinitiator in Example 10, instead of 0.04 parts by mass of IRG369, an oxime ester photoinitiator (trade name TR-PBG-365 ( PBG365), manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.) and 0.04 parts by mass of NCI831, instead of 0.02 parts by mass of oxime ester initiator (trade name TR-PBG-3057 (PBG3057), Changzhou Powerful Electronics)
  • TR-PBG-3057 PBG3057
  • a colored resin composition R11 for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 10 except that 0.02 parts by mass of Shinbunshi Co., Ltd. was used.
  • Y150 derivative C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 Derivative (Ni Complex) (trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G01, LANXESS Co., Ltd.)
  • Byk-161 Trade name Disperbyk-161 (urethane-based dispersant, solid content 30% by mass, manufactured by Big Chemie)
  • Solvent A Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
  • Solvent B 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate
  • Example 12 to 23 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions R12 to R23 In Examples 12 to 23, as shown in Table 3 in Example 1 (1), the types and blending amounts of color materials were changed, and the total amount Color material dispersions R12 to R23 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 3 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted to 100 parts by mass.
  • (2) Production of Colored Resin Compositions R12 to R23 for Color Filter The above color material dispersions R12 to R23 were used in place of the color material dispersion R3 in (2) of Example 11, and the film thickness was 2.50 ⁇ m.
  • a colored resin composition for a color filter was prepared in the same manner as in (2) of Example 11 except that the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio was the value shown in Table 3. R12 to R23 were obtained. (3) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as (3) of Example 11 except that the colored resin compositions R12 to R23 were used in place of the colored resin composition R11 in (3) of Example 11. Thus, colored layers R12 to R23 were obtained.
  • R264 C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 (trade name: Irgazin Red L 4010 HD, manufactured by BASF)
  • R242 C.I. I. Pigment Red 242 (Brand name: Novoperm SCARlet 4RF, manufactured by CLARIANT)
  • O38 C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38 (trade name: Novoperm Red HF, manufactured by CLARIANT)
  • the transmittance is 20% or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 640 nm is 70% or more, which corresponds to the red color material of the present invention.
  • R272 C.I. I. Pigment Red 272 (trade name: Irgazin Flame Red K 3800, manufactured by BASF) Y150 derivative: C.I. I.
  • Pigment Yellow 150 Derivative (Ni Complex) (trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G01, LANXESS Co., Ltd.)
  • Byk-161 Trade name Disperbyk-161 (urethane-based dispersant, solid content 30% by mass, manufactured by Big Chemie)
  • 6919 Trade name Disperbyk-LPN6919 (polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), amine value 120 mgKOH / g, solid content 60% by mass, manufactured by Big Chemie)
  • Examples 24-41 (1) Production of Color Material Dispersions R24 to R41 In Examples 24 to 41, as shown in Table 4 in Example 3 (1), the type and blending amount of color materials were changed, and the total amount Color material dispersions R24 to R41 were obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 3 except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted to 100 parts by mass.
  • (2) Production of Colored Resin Compositions R24 to R41 for Color Filter The above color material dispersions R24 to R41 were used in place of the color material dispersion R3 in (2) of Example 11, and the film thickness was 2.80 ⁇ m.
  • a colored resin composition for a color filter was prepared in the same manner as in (2) of Example 11 except that the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio was the value shown in Table 4. R24 to R41 were obtained. (3) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as (3) of Example 11 except that the colored resin compositions R24 to R41 were used in place of the colored resin composition R11 in (3) of Example 11. Thus, colored layers R24 to R41 were obtained.
  • Example 42 (1) Production of colorant dispersion 6.23 parts by mass of the dispersant c solution of Synthesis Example 3 as a dispersant, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the chemical formula (2) as a colorant (BrDPP, trade name: Irgaphor RED S 3621CF, manufactured by BASF) 14.0 parts by weight, 14.59 parts by weight of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8, 66.20 parts by weight of PGMEA, and 100 parts by weight of 2.0 mm zirconia beads in a mayonnaise bin, Shake with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for 1 hour as preliminary crushing, then take out 2.0 mm zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, and similarly As this crushing, dispersion was performed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a red color material
  • red color material dispersion r1 instead of using 13.0 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the chemical formula (2) as the color material, C.I. I.
  • a red color material dispersion r2 was obtained in the same manner as the red color material dispersion r1 except that 13.0 parts by mass of Pigment Red 254 (trade name: Hostasper Red D2B-COF LV3781, manufactured by CLARIANT) was used.
  • Pigment Red 254 trade name: Hostasper Red D2B-COF LV3781, manufactured by CLARIANT
  • a red color material dispersion r3 was obtained in the same manner as the red color material dispersion r1 except that 13.0 parts by mass of Pigment Red 177 (trade name: Palogen Red L 4045, manufactured by BASF) was used. Instead of using 13.0 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the chemical formula (2) as a colorant in the red colorant dispersion r1, 13.0 parts by mass of Azo derivative 2 as a colorant is used.
  • a yellow color material dispersion y was obtained in the same manner as in the red color material dispersion r1 except that a part of the red color material dispersion r1 was used.
  • Example 43 to 48 (1) Production of Colorant Dispersion R47 In Example 47, as shown in Table 5 in Example 1 (1), solid content was obtained by using Dispersant g solution instead of Dispersant a solution. Were changed to be the same part by mass, and a colorant dispersion R47 was obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 1 except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass.
  • Example 2 (2) of Example 3 except that 0.04 parts by mass of NCI831 was used instead of 0.02 parts by mass of an oxime ester-based initiator (trade name Irgacure OXE 02 (OXE02), manufactured by BASF).
  • a colored resin composition R43 for color filters was obtained.
  • Example 44 instead of 0.03 part by mass of the antioxidant (trade name IRGANOX 1010 (1010), manufactured by BASF) in Example 11, the antioxidant (trade name ADK STAB AO-40 (AO- 40), manufactured by ADEKA) Except for using 0.03 parts by mass, a colored resin composition R44 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 11.
  • Example 45 instead of 0.03 part by mass of the antioxidant (trade name IRGANOX 1010 (1010), manufactured by BASF) in Example 11, the latent antioxidant (Compound a) of Synthesis Example 10 was used.
  • a colored resin composition R45 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 11 except that 0.03 part by mass was used.
  • Example 46 instead of adding 0.03 part by mass of the antioxidant (trade name IRGANOX 1010 (1010), manufactured by BASF) in Example 11, an ultraviolet absorber (benzotriazole compound, trade name)
  • an ultraviolet absorber (benzotriazole compound, trade name)
  • a colored resin composition R46 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 11 except that 0.03 parts by mass of TINUVIN 329 BASF) was added.
  • Example 47 a colored resin composition for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as in (3) of Example 3 except that the color material dispersion R47 was used instead of the color material dispersion R3. R47 was obtained.
  • Example 48 the colorant dispersion R47 was used instead of the colorant dispersion R3 in Example 43, and an antioxidant (trade name ADK STAB AO-40 (AO-40), manufactured by ADEKA) 0.03
  • Product R48 was obtained.
  • (3) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as (3) of Example 1 except that the colored resin compositions R43 to R48 were used in place of the colored resin composition R1 in (1) of Example 1. As a result, colored layers R43 to R48 were obtained.
  • Viscosity stability evaluation criteria A: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is less than 10%
  • this is a value when the color material is 13 mass% with respect to the total mass including the solvent of the color material dispersion. Even if the evaluation result is C, the color material dispersion can be used practically. However, if the evaluation result is B, the color material dispersion is better. If the evaluation result is A, the color material dispersion is excellent in dispersion stability. Are better.
  • ⁇ Optical performance evaluation, contrast evaluation> The contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and luminance (Y) of the colored layers obtained in the examples and comparative examples were measured using a spectral characteristic measuring device LCF-1500M manufactured by Otsuka Electronics and a contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Aisaka Electric. Measured.
  • the retardation of the colored layer was determined using the retardation in the thickness direction (Rth) calculated by the following formula as an index.
  • Retardation (Rth) was measured using a retardation layer measuring apparatus (Axoscan TM Mueller Matrix Polarimeter manufactured by AXOMETRICS). The measurement wavelength of the red colored layer was measured at 620 nm and 665 nm.
  • Rth ((Nx + Ny) / 2 ⁇ Nz) d
  • Nx Refractive index in the in-plane slow axis direction
  • Ny Refractive index in the in-plane fast axis direction
  • Nz Refractive index in the thickness direction
  • d Film thickness (nm)
  • the colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were respectively applied to a spin coater on a 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) with a thickness of 0.7 mm. After being applied, it was dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer.
  • the glass substrate After observing the unexposed portion (50 mm ⁇ 50 mm) of the glass substrate after the formation of the colored layer by visual observation, the glass substrate is thoroughly wiped with a lens cleaner (trade name Toraysee MK Clean Cloth, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.), The coloring degree of the lens cleaner was visually observed.
  • the above evaluation criteria are AA, A, B, or C, it can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is B, further A, and further AA, the effect is more excellent. ing.
  • the color filter colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example was formed on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) with a thickness of 1 after post-baking using a spin coater. After coating with a film thickness to form a colored layer of .6 ⁇ m, it is dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, and irradiated with ultraviolet light of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp without using a photomask. As a result, a colored layer was formed on the glass substrate.
  • AA Contact angle of 80 degrees or more
  • A Contact angle of 75 degrees or more and less than 80 degrees
  • B Contact angle of 65 degrees or more and less than 75 degrees
  • C Contact angle of 50 degrees or more and less than 65 degrees
  • D Contact angle of less than 50 degrees
  • Water stain evaluation standard is AA If it is A or B, it can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is A and further AA, the effect is more excellent.
  • ⁇ SiN adhesion evaluation> The colored resin composition for color filter obtained in each example and each comparative example was applied on a SiN substrate (manufactured by Foresight Co., Ltd.) using a spin coater, and then at 80 ° C. using a hot plate. The film is dried for 3 minutes, irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 ultraviolet rays using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and further post-baked for 30 minutes in a clean oven at 230 ° C., so that the film thickness after curing becomes 2.10 ⁇ m. The colored layer was formed by adjusting the thickness.
  • the obtained colored layer was subjected to a cross-cut test in accordance with JIS K 5600-5-6, and after repeating the peeling operation with the tape 5 times, the presence or absence of peeling of the coating film was observed and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. did.
  • SiN adhesion evaluation criteria AA: There is no peeling of the eyes of any lattice A: Although there is a small peeling of the coating film at the intersection of the cuts, the exclusive area of the peeling is less than 5%.
  • B The coating film is peeled off at the intersections along the cut line. Exclusive area of peeling is 5% or more and less than 15%
  • C The coating film is partially or totally peeled along the cut line. Exclusive area of peeling is 15% or more and less than 35%
  • the color material dispersion of Comparative Example 2 in which the urethane-based dispersant was combined had poor viscosity stability.
  • the colorant dispersions of Comparative Examples 3 to 7 in which a conventional yellow color material is combined with a red color material may use a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It was shown that the viscosity stability was poor.
  • the red color material is combined with the specific yellow color material, and further, the dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
  • the colored resin composition has good colorant dispersion stability, and it has been clarified that the colored layer using the colored resin composition is excellent in contrast while the retardation value is reduced.
  • each of the colored layers using the colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 48 has excellent adhesion to SiN, and among them, the colored resin compositions of Examples 11, 44, 45, 46, and 48 were used. It was also revealed that the colored layer has excellent adhesion to SiN. Further, the adhesion of Example 10 to SiN was A, which was close to AA, and was good.
  • Comparative Examples 1 and 3 to 7 in which color materials different from the Examples are combined are inferior in contrast and large in phase difference value as compared with Examples having the same chromaticity coordinates (x, y). It was. Further, even when the specific yellow color material is combined with the red color material, the comparative example 2 in which the urethane-based dispersant is combined is inferior in contrast to the example of the same chromaticity coordinate (x, y). The phase difference value was large. Further, in Comparative Examples 1, 3 to 7, the P / V ratio in the colored resin composition tends to be larger and the adhesion to SiN is inferior as compared with Examples having the same chromaticity coordinates (x, y). It was. Furthermore, Comparative Example 1 was inferior in terms of solvent resolubility, development residue suppression, development resistance, and water stain as compared with Examples having the same chromaticity coordinates (x, y).
  • the alkali-soluble resin includes both a maleimide structure having a hydrocarbon ring and a styrene structure, and in the example in which an antioxidant is added, a colored layer having improved development residue and brightness is formed. It was revealed that Further, it has been clarified that when two types of oxime ester photoinitiators are used in combination with an antioxidant, a colored layer having improved development resistance and luminance is formed.
  • an oxime ester photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having diphenyl sulfide in terms of excellent luminance, and it has an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton and diphenyl sulfide.
  • the combined use of an oxime ester photoinitiator was preferred in that the effect of suppressing water stain was increased.
  • Example 44 using a hindered phenol-based antioxidant having a molecular weight of 500 or less and a molecular weight per phenolic hydroxyl group of 200 equivalents or less is colored with improved brightness while reducing the retardation value.
  • a layer was formed.
  • the contrast was A close to AA, and a colored layer with improved contrast was obtained.
  • Example 45 using the latent antioxidant a phase difference value was reduced, and a colored layer having a contrast of A, which was close to AA, and an improved contrast was obtained.
  • Example 46 using the ultraviolet absorber a colored layer having a reduced retardation value, a contrast A close to AA, and an improved contrast was obtained.
  • a hinder having an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having diphenyl sulfide having a molecular weight of 500 or less and a molecular weight per phenolic hydroxyl group of 200 equivalents or less.
  • Example 48 using a combination of a dophenol-based antioxidant and an ultraviolet absorber a colored layer with improved brightness and improved water stain suppression effect was formed while the retardation value was reduced.
  • the contrast was A close to AA, and a colored layer with improved contrast was obtained.

Abstract

Provided is a coloring resin composition for color filters, which has excellent colorant dispersion stability, and which is capable of forming a colored layer that has improved contrast, while being reduced in the retardation value. A coloring resin composition for color filters, which contains a colorant, a dispersant, a binder component and a solvent, and wherein: the colorant contains a red colorant and a yellow colorant; the yellow colorant contains at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri- and tetra-anions of specific azo compounds and tautomeric forms of the azo compounds, ions of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, and a melamine derivative; and the dispersant is a polymer that has a specific constituent unit.

Description

カラーフィルタ用色材分散液、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
 本発明は、カラーフィルタ用色材分散液、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a color filter color material dispersion, a color filter colored resin composition, a color filter, and a display device.
 近年、パーソナルコンピューターの発達、特に携帯用パーソナルコンピューターの発達に伴って、液晶ディスプレイの需要が増加している。モバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)の普及率も高まっており、益々液晶ディスプレイの市場は拡大する状況にある。また、最近においては、自発光により視認性が高い有機ELディスプレイのような有機発光表示装置も、次世代画像表示装置として注目されている。これらの画像表示装置の性能においては、コントラストや色再現性の向上といったさらなる高画質化や消費電力の低減が強く望まれている。 In recent years, with the development of personal computers, especially portable personal computers, the demand for liquid crystal displays has increased. The penetration rate of mobile displays (cell phones, smartphones, tablet PCs) is also increasing, and the market for liquid crystal displays is expanding. Recently, an organic light-emitting display device such as an organic EL display having high visibility due to self-emission has been attracting attention as a next-generation image display device. In the performance of these image display devices, further improvement in image quality such as improvement in contrast and color reproducibility and reduction in power consumption are strongly desired.
 従来の表示装置は、色空間の国際標準規格であるsRGB(IEC61966-2-1)に準拠するものが多かった。しかしながら、より実物に近い表現を求めて、更なる色再現性の向上の要求から、sRGBと比べて、緑方向に広い色再現域を有するAdobeRGBや、赤と緑方向に広い色再現域を有するDCI(Digital Cinema Initiatives)やBT(Broadcasting Service Television).2020に対応する表示装置への要求が高まっている。 Many conventional display devices comply with sRGB (IEC 61966-2-1), which is an international standard for color space. However, in order to obtain an expression that is closer to the real thing and has a demand for further improvement in color reproducibility, compared to sRGB, AdobeRGB has a wide color reproduction range in the green direction, and has a wide color reproduction range in the red and green directions. DCI (Digital Cinema Initiatives) and BT (Broadcasting Service Television). The demand for display devices corresponding to 2020 is increasing.
 ここで、液晶表示装置に用いられるカラーフィルタは、一般的に、透明基板と、透明基板上に形成され、赤、緑、青の三原色の着色パターンからなる着色層と、各着色パターンを区画するように透明基板上に形成された遮光部とを有している。
 このような着色層の形成方法としては、顔料分散法、染色法、電着法、印刷法などが知られている。中でも、分光特性、耐久性、パターン形状及び精度等の観点から、平均的に優れた特性を有する顔料分散法が最も広範に採用されている。
Here, the color filter used in the liquid crystal display device generally defines a transparent substrate, a colored layer formed on the transparent substrate, which is composed of colored patterns of three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and each colored pattern. As described above, the light shielding portion is formed on the transparent substrate.
As a method for forming such a colored layer, a pigment dispersion method, a dyeing method, an electrodeposition method, a printing method, and the like are known. Among these, from the viewpoint of spectral characteristics, durability, pattern shape, accuracy, etc., a pigment dispersion method having excellent characteristics on average is most widely adopted.
 一方、液晶表示装置はその特有の問題点として、液晶セルや偏光板の屈折率異方性に起因する視野角依存性の問題点がある。この視野角依存性の問題は、液晶表示装置を正面から見た場合と、斜め方向から見た場合とで視認される画像の色味やコントラストが変化してしまう問題である。このような視野角特性の問題は、近年の液晶表示装置の大画面化に伴って、さらにその問題の重大性を増している。
 このような視野角依存性の問題を改善するため、従来、位相差フィルムを液晶表示装置に組み込む方法が広く用いられてきた。しかしながら、液晶表示装置に用いられるカラーフィルタは、着色層の各色の着色パターンによって異なる位相差を有するため、上記の位相差フィルムを用いた場合、各色の着色パターンが有する位相差の差異は補償することができないという問題があり、視野角依存性の問題点を完全に解決することは困難であった。
On the other hand, the liquid crystal display device has a problem of viewing angle dependency due to the refractive index anisotropy of the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate as a specific problem. This problem of viewing angle dependency is a problem that the color and contrast of an image that is visually recognized change when the liquid crystal display device is viewed from the front and when viewed from an oblique direction. Such a problem of viewing angle characteristics has become more serious as the liquid crystal display device has recently been enlarged.
In order to improve such a viewing angle dependency problem, a method of incorporating a retardation film into a liquid crystal display device has been widely used. However, since the color filter used in the liquid crystal display device has a different phase difference depending on the coloring pattern of each color of the colored layer, when the above retardation film is used, the difference in the retardation of each color coloring pattern is compensated. It is difficult to completely solve the problem of viewing angle dependency.
 特に、赤色色材はその化学構造上結晶化しやすいものが多いことから、赤色の着色層は他の色の着色層と比べて厚み方向の位相差値が大きくなりやすいという問題があった。
 また、従来から使用されている赤色色材を用いて、色再現域を広げるために、黄味や青味で高色濃度の赤の色度領域に含まれる赤色画素を作製する場合、顔料濃度の上昇によって、コントラストや輝度が低下したり、製版性の悪化を引き起こすという問題があった。
In particular, since many red color materials are easily crystallized due to their chemical structure, there is a problem that a red colored layer tends to have a larger retardation value in the thickness direction than other colored layers.
In addition, in order to widen the color reproduction range using the red color material that has been used in the past, when creating red pixels that are included in the red chromaticity region of yellow color or bluish color with high color density, the pigment concentration However, there is a problem that the contrast and brightness are lowered or the plate-making property is deteriorated.
 特許文献1には、赤色顔料としてC.I.ピグメントレッド177(以下、PG177と略す場合がある)と、アゾバルビツール酸のニッケルとの1:1錯体、その互換異性体、及びこれらのうち少なくとも一方の化合物の結晶格子中に他の化合物が挿入されてなる結晶からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも一つの結晶からなる顔料(C.I.ピグメントイエロー150誘導体(Ni錯体))を組み合わせて用いたカラーフィルタが開示されている。しかしながら、この顔料を用いて、色の濃い赤色を表現しようとすると、非常に高濃度の顔料を用いる必要があり、厚み方向の位相差値が大きくなり、コントラストが低下し、製版性が悪化するといった問題があった。 Patent Document 1 discloses C.I. as a red pigment. I. Pigment Red 177 (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as PG177) and 1: 1 complex of azobarbituric acid with nickel, compatible isomers, and at least one of these compounds in the crystal lattice of other compounds. There is disclosed a color filter using in combination a pigment (CI Pigment Yellow 150 derivative (Ni complex)) made of at least one crystal selected from the group consisting of inserted crystals. However, if an attempt is made to express a deep red color using this pigment, it is necessary to use a very high concentration pigment, the thickness direction retardation value increases, the contrast decreases, and the plate-making property deteriorates. There was a problem.
 一方、特許文献2には、新規な金属アゾ顔料として、特定のアゾ化合物のジアニオン及び少なくともZn2+とNi2+の2種の金属イオンからなる金属アゾ化合物とメラミン又はその誘導体とのアダクトを含み、X線回折図において特定のシグナルを有し特定のシグナルを有しない金属アゾ顔料が記載されている。 On the other hand, Patent Document 2 includes, as a novel metal azo pigment, a dianion of a specific azo compound and an adduct of a metal azo compound composed of at least two metal ions of Zn 2+ and Ni 2+ and melamine or a derivative thereof, A metal azo pigment having a specific signal and no specific signal in an X-ray diffraction diagram is described.
特開2010-144057号公報JP 2010-144057 A 特開2014-12838号公報JP 2014-12838 A
 本発明は、色材分散安定性に優れ、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用色材分散液、当該カラーフィルタ用色材分散液を用いた、位相差値が低減されながらコントラストが向上した色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、当該カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を用いた、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上し、色再現性に優れたカラーフィルタ、並びに、当該カラーフィルタを用いることにより、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上し、色再現性に優れた表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention is excellent in color material dispersion stability and uses a color material dispersion for color filters that can form a colored layer with improved contrast while the retardation value is reduced, and the color material dispersion for the color filters. Color filter colored resin composition capable of forming a colored layer with excellent color reproducibility with improved contrast while the retardation value is reduced, while the retardation value is reduced using the colored resin composition for color filter To provide a color filter with improved contrast and excellent color reproducibility, and a display device with improved contrast and excellent color reproducibility while reducing the phase difference value by using the color filter With the goal.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
 前記色材が、赤色色材及び黄色色材を含み、
 当該黄色色材が、下記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンと、下記一般式(B)で表される化合物とを含み、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である、カラーフィルタ用色材分散液であることを特徴とする。
A color material dispersion for a color filter according to the present invention is a color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent,
The color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material,
The yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof: An ion of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, and a compound represented by the following general formula (B): Including
The dispersing agent is a color material dispersion for a color filter, which is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
 また、本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、分散剤と、バインダー成分と、溶剤とを含有するカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記色材が、赤色色材及び黄色色材を含み、
 当該黄色色材が、下記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンと、下記一般式(B)で表される化合物とを含み、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物であることを特徴とする。
The colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a colored resin composition for a color filter containing a coloring material, a dispersant, a binder component, and a solvent,
The color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material,
The yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof: An ion of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, and a compound represented by the following general formula (B): Including
The dispersant is a colored resin composition for a color filter, which is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(一般式(A)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、アシルアミノ、アルキルアミノ又はアリールアミノであり、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH又は-NHである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(In the general formula (A), each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R b is independently —OH or — NH 2. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(一般式(B)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In the general formula (B), each R c is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In the general formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、前記着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である着色層であることを特徴とする。 The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention. It is the coloring layer which is a hardened | cured material of this.
 本発明は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする表示装置を提供する。 The present invention provides a display device comprising the color filter according to the present invention.
 本発明によれば、色材分散安定性に優れ、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用色材分散液、当該カラーフィルタ用色材分散液を用いた、位相差値が低減されながらコントラストが向上した色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、当該カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を用いた、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上し、色再現性に優れたカラーフィルタ、並びに、当該カラーフィルタを用いることにより、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上し、色再現性に優れた表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, the color material dispersion liquid for color filters that is excellent in color material dispersion stability and can form a colored layer with improved contrast while the retardation value is reduced, and the color material dispersion liquid for color filters are used. The color resin composition for color filters capable of forming a colored layer with excellent color reproducibility with improved contrast while the phase difference value is reduced, and the phase difference value is reduced using the color resin composition for color filter However, a color filter with improved contrast and excellent color reproducibility and a display device with improved contrast and excellent color reproducibility while reducing the phase difference value by using the color filter. can do.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic view showing an example of the display device of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の表示装置の他の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing another example of the display device of the present invention.
 以下、本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物、カラーフィルタ、表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
 なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
 本発明において(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
 また、C.I.ピグメントレッドを「PR」、C.I.ピグメントオレンジを「PO」、C.I.ピグメントイエローを「PY」と適宜略記する。
Hereinafter, the color filter color material dispersion, the color filter colored resin composition, the color filter, and the display device according to the present invention will be described in detail in order.
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and invisible regions, and further includes radiation, and the radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it means an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 μm or less and an electron beam.
In the present invention, (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl, and (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
In addition, C.I. I. Pigment Red is “PR”, C.I. I. Pigment Orange as “PO”, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow is abbreviated as “PY” where appropriate.
[色材分散液]
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用色材分散液は、色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
 前記色材が、赤色色材及び黄色色材を含み、
 当該黄色色材が、下記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンと、下記一般式(B)で表される化合物とを含み、
 前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である、カラーフィルタ用色材分散液であることを特徴とする。
[Colorant dispersion]
A color material dispersion for a color filter according to the present invention is a color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent,
The color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material,
The yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof: An ion of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, and a compound represented by the following general formula (B): Including
The dispersing agent is a color material dispersion for a color filter, which is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(一般式(A)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、アシルアミノ、アルキルアミノ又はアリールアミノであり、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH又は-NHである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In the general formula (A), each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R b is independently —OH or — NH 2. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(一般式(B)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In the general formula (B), each R c is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.)
(一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。) (In the general formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
 本発明の色材分散液は、前記特定の色材を組合せ、且つ分散剤として、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を組み合わせて用いることから、色材分散安定性に優れ、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能である。
 赤色色材は、一般に環状の平面構造を有するものが多いことから、カラーフィルタ用の色材分散液として着色層を形成する際に結晶化しやすいため、得られた着色層における厚み方向の位相差値が大きくなりやすい。
 それに対して、本発明の色材分散液においては、赤色色材に、2種類以上の金属イオンを含む特定の黄色色材と、特定の一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤とを組み合わせて用いることから、赤色色材と2種類以上の金属イオンを含む特定の黄色色材との間に相互作用が働いて、赤色色材、及び黄色色材の結晶成長が抑制され微粒化が可能となり、且つ、前記分散剤との組み合わせによって赤色色材及び黄色色材が微粒化されて分散されるため、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能であると推定される。
 従来、前記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物を含む金属錯体を形成する金属が1種類の色材の場合、結晶性が高く微粒化することが困難でありコントラストの向上が困難であった。また、赤色色材に組み合わせて得られる着色層の位相差値は高くなる傾向があった。それに対して本発明では、一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物のアニオンに対して2種類以上の金属イオンを含む特定の黄色色材を用いる。当該黄色色材は2種類以上の金属イオンを含むことにより、黄色色材の結晶成長を抑制するだけでなく、赤色色材の結晶成長も抑制し、更に前記特定の分散剤が組み合わされることにより、色材分散液中で微粒化されていると推察される。
 また、本発明においては、赤色色材に、前記特定の黄色色材と組み合わせることにより、P/V比((組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比)を抑えても、前記高色濃度の赤の色度領域に含まれる赤色画素を作製することができる。
 着色層中で前記P/V比が低減されて、且つ、前述の赤色色材の結晶成長が抑制される相乗効果により、着色層の厚み方向の位相差値が低減されていると推定される。
 また、着色樹脂組成物中の色材成分の合計含有量を抑えることができることから、バインダー成分の含有量を相対的に増加させることができるため、製版性が向上し、基板との密着性をより高めた着色層を形成することが可能となる。
Since the color material dispersion of the present invention is used in combination with the specific color material and a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) as a dispersant, the color material dispersion stability is improved. It is possible to form a colored layer with excellent contrast while reducing the retardation value.
Since many red color materials generally have an annular planar structure, since they are easy to crystallize when forming a colored layer as a color material dispersion for a color filter, the retardation in the thickness direction of the obtained colored layer The value tends to increase.
On the other hand, in the color material dispersion of the present invention, the red color material includes a specific yellow color material containing two or more kinds of metal ions and a weight having a specific structural unit represented by the general formula (I). Since the combination of the dispersant, which is a coalescence, is used, the interaction between the red color material and the specific yellow color material containing two or more kinds of metal ions causes the red color material and the yellow color material to be crystallized. Colored layer with improved contrast while reducing phase difference value because growth is suppressed and atomization is possible, and red color material and yellow color material are atomized and dispersed in combination with the dispersant. It is estimated that can be formed.
Conventionally, in the case where the metal forming the metal complex containing the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) is a single color material, it is difficult to atomize because of high crystallinity, and it is difficult to improve contrast. It was. Further, the retardation value of the colored layer obtained by combining with the red color material tends to be high. On the other hand, in this invention, the specific yellow color material containing 2 or more types of metal ions is used with respect to the anion of the azo compound represented by general formula (A). When the yellow color material contains two or more kinds of metal ions, not only the crystal growth of the yellow color material is suppressed, but also the crystal growth of the red color material is suppressed, and further, the specific dispersant is combined. It is presumed that they are atomized in the colorant dispersion.
In the present invention, the red color material is combined with the specific yellow color material to obtain a P / V ratio ((color material component mass in the composition) / (solid other than the color material component in the composition). Even if the (mass ratio) ratio) is suppressed, red pixels included in the high chromaticity red chromaticity region can be produced.
It is estimated that the retardation value in the thickness direction of the colored layer is reduced due to the synergistic effect that the P / V ratio is reduced in the colored layer and the crystal growth of the red color material is suppressed. .
In addition, since the total content of the color material components in the colored resin composition can be suppressed, the content of the binder component can be relatively increased, so that the platemaking property is improved and the adhesion to the substrate is improved. It becomes possible to form a higher colored layer.
 本発明の色材分散液は、少なくとも色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。
 以下、このような本発明の色材分散液の各成分について、順に詳細に説明する。
The color material dispersion of the present invention contains at least a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent, and may further contain other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. .
Hereinafter, each component of the color material dispersion of the present invention will be described in detail in order.
<色材>
 本発明において、色材は、赤色色材及び黄色色材を含み、
 当該黄色色材が、下記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンと、下記一般式(B)で表される化合物とを含むことを特徴とする。
 本発明においては、黄色色材として前記特定の黄色色材を用いることから、赤色色材と組み合わせた場合に輝度の低下を抑制でき、また、結晶化が抑制されて微粒化が可能であって、後述する特定の分散剤と組み合わせた場合の分散性に優れることから、コントラストを向上することができ、更に、位相差値を低減することができる。
<Color material>
In the present invention, the color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material,
The yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof: An ion of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, and a compound represented by the following general formula (B): It is characterized by including.
In the present invention, since the specific yellow color material is used as a yellow color material, a decrease in luminance can be suppressed when combined with a red color material, and crystallization is suppressed and atomization is possible. Since it is excellent in dispersibility when combined with a specific dispersant described later, the contrast can be improved and the retardation value can be reduced.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(一般式(A)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、アシルアミノ、アルキルアミノ又はアリールアミノであり、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH又は-NHである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(In the general formula (A), each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R b is independently —OH or — NH 2. )
 一般式(A)中のアシルアミノ基におけるアシル基としては、例えば、アルキルカルボニル基、フェニルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、アルキル、フェニル、又はナフチルで置換されていても良いカルバモイル基、アルキル、フェニル、又はナフチルで置換されていても良いスルファモイル基、アルキル、フェニル、又はナフチルで置換されていてもよいグアニル基等が挙げられる。前記アルキル基は炭素数1以上6以下であることが好ましい。また前記アルキル基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、-CN、-NH、及び/又は、炭素数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよい。また、前記フェニル基及びナフチル基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、-CN、-NH、-NO、炭素数1以上6以下のアルキル基、及び/又は炭素数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよい。
 一般式(A)中のアルキルアミノ基におけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1以上6以下であることが好ましい。前記アルキル基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、-CN、-NH、及び/又は、炭素数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよい。
 一般式(A)中のアリールアミノ基におけるアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基が挙げられ、これらのアリール基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、炭素数1以上6以下のアルキル基、炭素数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基、-NH、-NOおよび-CNなどで置換されていてもよい。
Examples of the acyl group in the acylamino group in the general formula (A) include, for example, an alkylcarbonyl group, a phenylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, an alkyl, phenyl, or a carbamoyl group that may be substituted with naphthyl, an alkyl , Sulfamoyl group optionally substituted with phenyl or naphthyl, guanyl group optionally substituted with alkyl, phenyl or naphthyl, and the like. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted with, for example, a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and / or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The phenyl group and naphthyl group are, for example, halogen such as F, Cl and Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and / or 1 carbon atom. It may be substituted with 6 or less alkoxy groups.
The alkyl group in the alkylamino group in the general formula (A) preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted with, for example, a halogen such as F, Cl, or Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and / or an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aryl group in the arylamino group in the general formula (A) include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. These aryl groups include, for example, halogens such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, and those having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, —NH 2 , —NO 2, and —CN may be substituted.
 前記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物において、Rとしては、それぞれ独立に、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、又はアルキルアミノであることが、赤味の色相になる点から好ましく、2つのRはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていても良い。
 前記一般式(A)において、2つのRは、中でも色相の点から、両方とも-OHである場合、両方とも-NH-CNである場合、又は、1つが-OHで1つが-NH-CNである場合が更に好ましく、両方とも-OHである場合がより更に好ましい。
In the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof, each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, or alkylamino. it is preferable from the viewpoint comprising a reddish hue, the two R a may be different even in the same, respectively.
In the general formula (A), two R a s are, in terms of hue, when both are —OH, both are —NH—CN, or one is —OH and one is —NH—. More preferably, it is CN, and even more preferably both are —OH.
 また、前記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物において、Rとしては、色相の点から、両方とも-OHである場合がより好ましい。 In the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof, R b is more preferably —OH from the viewpoint of hue.
 Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属としては、中でも、2価又は3価の陽イオンになる金属を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましく、Ni,Cu,およびZnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、更に、少なくともNiを含むことが好ましい。
 更に、Niと、更に、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属とを含むことが好ましく、より更に、Niと、更に、Zn,Cu,AlおよびFeからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属とを含むことが好ましい。中でも特に、前記少なくとも2種の金属としては、NiとZnであるか、又は、NiとCuであることが好ましい。
As the at least two kinds of metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu, and Mn, among them, a metal that becomes a divalent or trivalent cation is used. It is preferable to include at least one, preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of Ni, Cu, and Zn, and more preferably at least Ni.
Furthermore, it is preferable that Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu, and Mn are further included. Furthermore, it is preferable that at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Zn, Cu, Al and Fe is included. In particular, the at least two metals are preferably Ni and Zn, or Ni and Cu.
 本発明に用いられる黄色色材において、少なくとも2種の金属の含有割合は適宜調製されれば良い。
 中でも、赤味の色相の点から、本発明に用いられる黄色色材においては、Niと、更に、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,CuおよびMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属との含有割合は、Ni:その他の前記少なくとも1種金属が97:3~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましく、更に、90:10~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましい。
 中でも、赤味の色相の点から、NiとZnとをNi:Znが90:10~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましく、80:20~20:80のモル比で含むことが更に好ましい。
 或いは、赤味の色相の点から、NiとCuとをNi:Cuが97:3~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましく、96:4~20:80のモル比で含むことが更に好ましい。
 黄色色材が赤味の色相の場合、前記P/V比を抑えても、前記高色濃度の赤の色度領域に含まれる赤色画素を作製し易い。
In the yellow color material used in the present invention, the content ratio of at least two metals may be appropriately adjusted.
Among these, from the viewpoint of reddish hue, the yellow color material used in the present invention is selected from the group consisting of Ni and further Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn. The content ratio with the at least one metal is preferably such that Ni: the other at least one metal is contained in a molar ratio of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably a mole of 90:10 to 10:90. It is preferable to include by ratio.
Among these, from the viewpoint of a reddish hue, Ni and Zn are preferably included in a molar ratio of Ni: Zn of 90:10 to 10:90, and more preferably 80:20 to 20:80. preferable.
Alternatively, from the viewpoint of a reddish hue, Ni and Cu are preferably included in a molar ratio of Ni: Cu of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably in a molar ratio of 96: 4 to 20:80. preferable.
When the yellow color material has a red hue, it is easy to produce a red pixel included in the high chromaticity red chromaticity region even if the P / V ratio is suppressed.
 本発明に用いられる黄色色材には、更に、前記特定の金属のイオンとは異なる金属イオンを含んでいても良い。本発明に用いられる黄色色材には、例えば、Li,Cs,Mg,Na,K,Ca,Sr,Ba,およびLaからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属イオンを含んでいても良い。 The yellow color material used in the present invention may further contain metal ions different from the specific metal ions. The yellow color material used in the present invention may contain, for example, at least one metal ion selected from the group consisting of Li, Cs, Mg, Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, and La. .
 黄色色材中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含む態様としては、共通した結晶格子中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンが含まれる場合と、別の結晶格子中に各々1種ずつの金属のイオンが含まれる結晶が凝集している場合が挙げられる。中でも、共通した結晶格子中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンが含まれる場合が、よりコントラストが向上する点から好ましい。なお、共通した結晶格子中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンが含まれる態様か、別の結晶格子中に各々1種ずつの金属のイオンが含まれる結晶が凝集している態様であるかは、例えば特開2014-12838号公報を参照してX線回折法を用いて適宜判断することができる。 As an aspect in which at least two kinds of metal ions are included in the yellow color material, there are a case where at least two kinds of metal ions are contained in a common crystal lattice, and a case where one kind of metal ion is included in another crystal lattice. An example is a case where crystals containing ions are aggregated. Among them, the case where at least two kinds of metal ions are contained in a common crystal lattice is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the contrast. Whether the common crystal lattice includes at least two kinds of metal ions or whether another crystal lattice includes one type of metal ion each aggregated. For example, it can be appropriately determined by using an X-ray diffraction method with reference to JP-A-2014-12838.
 本発明に用いられる黄色色材は、更に下記一般式(B)で表される化合物を含む。本発明に用いられる黄色色材は、前記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のアニオンと特定の金属イオンとからなる金属錯体と下記一般式(B)で表される化合物との複合分子を含む。これらの分子間の結合は、例えば分子間相互作用によるか、ルイス酸-塩基相互作用によるか、又は配位結合によって形成され得る。また、ゲスト分子がホスト分子を構成する格子に組み込まれている包接化合物のような構造であっても良い。或いは、2つの物質が共同結晶を形成し、第一の成分の規則的な格子の位置に第二の成分の原子が位置しているような混合置換結晶を形成していても良い。 The yellow color material used in the present invention further contains a compound represented by the following general formula (B). The yellow color material used in the present invention comprises a metal complex comprising an anion of an azo compound represented by the general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof and a specific metal ion, and the following general formula (B The compound molecule | numerator with the compound represented by this is included. The bonds between these molecules can be formed, for example, by intermolecular interactions, by Lewis acid-base interactions, or by coordinate bonds. Alternatively, a structure such as an inclusion compound in which a guest molecule is incorporated in a lattice constituting a host molecule may be used. Alternatively, a mixed substitution crystal may be formed in which two substances form a joint crystal, and atoms of the second component are located at regular lattice positions of the first component.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(一般式(B)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(In the general formula (B), each R c is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.)
 Rにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1以上6以下のアルキル基であることが好ましく、更に炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基であることが好ましい。当該アルキル基は、-OH基で置換されていても良い。
 中でも、Rは、水素原子であることが好ましい。
The alkyl group for R c is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted with an —OH group.
Among these, R c is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 前記一般式(B)で表される化合物の含有量は、前記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物の1モルを基準にして、一般的には5モル以上300モル以下であり、10モル以上250モル以下であることが好ましく、更に100モル以上200モル以下であることが好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (B) is generally based on 1 mol of the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) and the azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof. 5 mol to 300 mol, preferably 10 mol to 250 mol, and more preferably 100 mol to 200 mol.
 また、本発明で用いられる黄色色材には、更に、尿素および置換尿素、例えばフェニル尿素、ドデシル尿素等、並びにそのアルデヒド、特にホルムアルデヒドとの重縮合物;複素環、例えばバルビツール酸、ベンズイミダゾロン、ベンズイミダゾロン-5-スルホン酸、2,3-ジヒドロキシキノキサリン、2,3-ジヒドロキシキノキサリン-6-スルホン酸、カルバゾール、カルバゾール-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-ヒドロキシキノリン、2,4-ジヒドロキシキノリン、カプロラクタム、メラミン、6-フェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジアミン、6-メチル-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジアミン、シアヌル酸等が含まれていても良い。
 また、本発明で用いられる黄色色材には、更に、水溶性ポリマー、例えばエチレン-プロピレンオキシド-ブロックポリマー、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸、例えばカルボキシメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、メチル-およびエチルヒドロキシエチルセルロースのような変性セルロース等が含まれていても良い。
The yellow color material used in the present invention further includes urea and substituted ureas such as phenylurea and dodecylurea, and polycondensates thereof with aldehydes, particularly formaldehyde; heterocycles such as barbituric acid and benzimidazo. Ron, benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid, 2,3-dihydroxyquinoxaline, 2,3-dihydroxyquinoxaline-6-sulfonic acid, carbazole, carbazole-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyquinoline, 2,4- Contains dihydroxyquinoline, caprolactam, melamine, 6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, 6-methyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, cyanuric acid, etc. May be.
Further, the yellow color material used in the present invention further includes a water-soluble polymer such as ethylene-propylene oxide block polymer, polyvinyl alcohol, poly (meth) acrylic acid such as carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methyl. -And modified cellulose such as ethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose may be included.
 本発明で用いられる黄色色材は、例えば、特開2014-12838を参照することにより、調製することができる。 The yellow color material used in the present invention can be prepared by referring to, for example, JP-A-2014-12838.
 一方、本発明で用いられる赤色色材は、P/V(赤色色材質量/赤色色材以外の固形分質量)比=0.2で、膜厚2.5μmの塗膜の分光透過率スペクトルを測定した場合に、520nmの波長の透過率が20%以下であり、且つ640nmの波長の透過率が70%以上の色材が用いられる。本発明で用いられる赤色色材には、若干黄味がかった赤色色材(赤みが強いオレンジ色材)としてC.I.ピグメントオレンジと表記される色材も包含される。 On the other hand, the red color material used in the present invention has a P / V (red color material mass / solid content mass other than red color material) ratio = 0.2 and a spectral transmittance spectrum of a coating film having a thickness of 2.5 μm. Is used, a colorant having a transmittance at a wavelength of 520 nm of 20% or less and a transmittance of a wavelength of 640 nm of 70% or more is used. The red color material used in the present invention is a slightly yellowish red color material (an orange material with strong redness). I. A coloring material denoted as pigment orange is also included.
 なお、赤色色材を単体で塗膜化して測色するためには、赤色色材に適当な分散剤、バインダー成分及び溶剤を配合して塗工液を調製し、透明基板上に塗工して乾燥し、必要に応じて硬化させればよい。バインダー成分としては、測色を行い得る透明な塗膜を形成できる限り、非硬化性の熱可塑性樹脂組成物を用いても良いし、光硬化性(感光性)又は熱硬化性の樹脂組成物を用いても良い。また、後述する本発明の着色樹脂組成物において、色材として赤色色材のみ含有する組成物を用いることで、色材として赤色色材のみ含有する塗膜を形成し、測色を行うこともできる。具体的には例えば、後述の実施例1の樹脂組成物に用いられた固形分を赤色色材以外の固形分とすることができる。
 分散剤、バインダー成分を含む、測色を行い得る透明な塗膜としては、例えば、膜厚2.0μmで、380~780nmにおける分光透過率スペクトルの透過率が95%以上であることを目安にすることができる。
 なお、分光透過率スペクトルは、分光測定装置(例えば、オリンパス製 顕微装置OSP-SP200)を用いて測定することができる。測定条件としては、C光源である。
In addition, in order to measure the color of a red color material as a single unit, an appropriate dispersant, binder component and solvent are mixed with the red color material to prepare a coating solution, which is then coated on a transparent substrate. May be dried and cured as necessary. As a binder component, a non-curable thermoplastic resin composition may be used as long as a transparent coating film capable of performing colorimetry can be formed, or a photo-curable (photosensitive) or thermosetting resin composition. May be used. In addition, in the colored resin composition of the present invention to be described later, by using a composition containing only a red color material as a color material, a coating film containing only a red color material as a color material may be formed and colorimetry may be performed. it can. Specifically, for example, the solid content used in the resin composition of Example 1 described later can be used as a solid content other than the red color material.
As a transparent coating film including a dispersant and a binder component that can perform colorimetry, for example, the film thickness is 2.0 μm, and the transmittance of the spectral transmittance spectrum at 380 to 780 nm is 95% or more. can do.
The spectral transmittance spectrum can be measured using a spectroscopic measurement device (for example, an Olympus microscope OSP-SP200). The measurement condition is a C light source.
 本発明で用いられる赤色色材は、特に制限されないが、例えば、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料、ナフトール系アゾ顔料やその他のアゾ顔料、キナクリドン系顔料、ジオキサジン系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、ペリノン系顔料、ペリレン系顔料、チオインジゴ系顔料等が挙げられる。本発明で用いられる赤色色材は、中でも、P/V比を抑える観点から、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料、ナフトール系アゾ顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、及びペリレン系顔料からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、更に、高色濃度の色相を形成しやすく輝度が高い観点から、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料、及びアントラキノン系顔料からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが更に好ましい。 The red color material used in the present invention is not particularly limited. Examples include perylene pigments and thioindigo pigments. In particular, the red color material used in the present invention is at least one selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a naphthol azo pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, and a perylene pigment from the viewpoint of suppressing the P / V ratio. It is preferable to include a seed, and further, from the viewpoint of easily forming a hue of high color density and high brightness, it further includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and an anthraquinone pigment. preferable.
 前記ジケトピロロピロール系顔料としては、下記一般式(1)で表されるものが挙げられる。 Examples of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment include those represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(一般式(1)中、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、ハロゲン原子、メチル基、エチル基、tert-ブチル基、フェニル基、N,N-ジメチルアミノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、又はシアノ基を表し、k及びk’はそれぞれ独立に0以上5以下の整数を表し、k及びk’がそれぞれ2以上の整数の場合、複数のA及びAは、それぞれ同じであっても異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(In the general formula (1), A 3 and A 4 are each independently a halogen atom, methyl group, ethyl group, tert-butyl group, phenyl group, N, N-dimethylamino group, trifluoromethyl group, or A cyano group, k and k ′ each independently represent an integer of 0 or more and 5 or less, and when k and k ′ are each an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of A 3 and A 4 may be the same May be different.)
 前記ジケトピロロピロール系顔料としては、具体的には、C.I.ピグメントレッド254、C.I.ピグメントレッド255、C.I.ピグメントレッド264、C.I.ピグメントレッド270、C.I.ピグメントレッド272、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ71、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ73、及び下記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment include C.I. I. Pigment red 254, C.I. I. Pigment red 255, C.I. I. Pigment red 264, C.I. I. Pigment red 270, C.I. I. Pigment red 272, C.I. I. Pigment orange 71, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 73, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the following chemical formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 前記ナフトール系アゾ顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド144、C.I.ピグメントレッド166、C.I.ピグメントレッド214、C.I.ピグメントレッド242、C.I.ピグメントレッド21、C.I.ピグメントレッド2、C.I.ピグメントレッド112、C.I.ピグメントレッド114、C.I.ピグメントレッド5、C.I.ピグメントレッド146、C.I.ピグメントレッド170、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ38、C.I.ピグメントレッド187、C.I.ピグメントレッド150、C.I.ピグメントレッド185等が挙げられる。
 その他のアゾ系顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド38、C.I.ピグメントレッド41等が挙げられる。
Examples of the naphthol-based azo pigment include C.I. I. Pigment red 144, C.I. I. Pigment red 166, C.I. I. Pigment red 214, C.I. I. Pigment red 242, C.I. I. Pigment red 21, C.I. I. Pigment red 2, C.I. I. Pigment red 112, C.I. I. Pigment red 114, C.I. I. Pigment red 5, C.I. I. Pigment red 146, C.I. I. Pigment red 170, C.I. I. Pigment orange 38, C.I. I. Pigment red 187, C.I. I. Pigment red 150, C.I. I. And CI Pigment Red 185.
Other azo pigments include C.I. I. Pigment red 38, C.I. I. Pigment red 41 etc. are mentioned.
 前記アントラキノン系顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド177、C.I.ピグメントレッド168、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ51等が挙げられる。 The anthraquinone pigments include C.I. I. Pigment red 177, C.I. I. Pigment red 168, C.I. I. And CI Pigment Orange 51.
 前記ペリレン系顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントレッド123、C.I.ピグメントレッド149、C.I.ピグメントレッド178、C.I.ピグメントレッド179、C.I.ピグメントレッド190、C.I.ピグメントレッド224等が挙げられる。 As the perylene pigment, C.I. I. Pigment red 123, C.I. I. Pigment red 149, C.I. I. Pigment red 178, C.I. I. Pigment red 179, C.I. I. Pigment red 190, C.I. I. And CI Pigment Red 224.
 赤色色材としては、本発明の効果が得られやすい点から、C.I.ピグメントレッド254、C.I.ピグメントレッド264、C.I.ピグメントレッド272、前記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP)、C.I.ピグメントレッド242、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ38、C.I.ピグメントレッド177、及びC.I.ピグメントレッド179からなる群から選択される1種以上の赤色色材を用いることが好ましく、中でも、赤色色材として、C.I.ピグメントレッド254と前記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP)とC.I.ピグメントレッド177との組み合わせが好適に用いられる。
 C.I.ピグメントレッド254と前記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP)とC.I.ピグメントレッド177とを組み合わせる場合の含有割合は、所望の色材に応じて適宜調整されれば良く特に限定されないが、赤色色材の合計量100質量部に対してC.I.ピグメントレッド254が10質量部以上80質量部以下で、前記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP)が10質量部以上70質量部以下で、且つC.I.ピグメントレッド177が10質量部以上60質量部以下であることが好ましい。上記範囲内であれば、上記組み合わせの効果に優れている。なお、当該赤色色材の含有割合は、後述の着色樹脂組成物とした場合の好ましい割合であり、色材分散液を適宜2種以上混合して用いて着色樹脂組成物を製造することができるため、色材分散液自体は、後述の着色樹脂組成物と同様の含有割合としなくても好適に用いられる。
As the red color material, C.I. I. Pigment red 254, C.I. I. Pigment red 264, C.I. I. Pigment Red 272, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the above chemical formula (2), C.I. I. Pigment red 242, C.I. I. Pigment orange 38, C.I. I. Pigment red 177, and C.I. I. It is preferable to use one or more red color materials selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Red 179. I. Pigment Red 254, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the above chemical formula (2), C.I. I. A combination with Pigment Red 177 is preferably used.
C. I. Pigment Red 254, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the above chemical formula (2), C.I. I. The content ratio in the case of combining with Pigment Red 177 is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired color material. I. Pigment Red 254 is 10 to 80 parts by mass, the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the chemical formula (2) is 10 to 70 parts by mass, and C.I. I. It is preferable that the pigment red 177 is 10 parts by mass or more and 60 parts by mass or less. If it is in the said range, the effect of the said combination is excellent. In addition, the content rate of the said red color material is a preferable rate at the time of setting it as the below-mentioned colored resin composition, A colored resin composition can be manufactured using 2 or more types of color material dispersions suitably mixed. Therefore, the color material dispersion itself is preferably used even if it does not have the same content ratio as that of the colored resin composition described later.
 本発明の色材分散液においては、色材として、赤色色材と前記特定の黄色色材とを組み合わせて用いるが、後述の着色樹脂組成物に例示したような他の色材を組み合わせて用いてもよい。他の色材としては、例えば、他の黄色色材、前記赤色色材に包含されないオレンジ色色材等が好適に用いられ、中でも色相の点から、後述の着色樹脂組成物に例示したような他の黄色色材が好適に用いられる。 In the color material dispersion of the present invention, a red color material and the specific yellow color material are used in combination as a color material, but other color materials such as those exemplified in the colored resin composition described below are used in combination. May be. As other color materials, for example, other yellow color materials, orange color materials not included in the red color material, and the like are preferably used. The yellow color material is preferably used.
 本発明の色材分散液において、赤色色材、及び前記特定の黄色色材の各含有割合、更にその他の色材を用いる場合の含有割合は、後述の着色樹脂組成物と同様の含有割合とすることが好ましい。但し、色材分散液は、適宜2種以上混合して用いて、着色樹脂組成物を製造することができるため、後述の着色樹脂組成物と同様の含有割合としなくても好適に用いられる。 In the color material dispersion of the present invention, each content ratio of the red color material and the specific yellow color material, and the content ratio in the case of using other color materials are the same content ratio as that of the color resin composition described later. It is preferable to do. However, two or more colorant dispersions can be appropriately mixed and used to produce a colored resin composition, so that the colorant dispersion is preferably used even if the content ratio is not the same as that of the later-described colored resin composition.
 本発明に用いられる色材の平均一次粒径としては、カラーフィルタの着色層とした場合に、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10nm以上100nm以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、15nm以上60nm以下であることがより好ましい。色材の平均一次粒径が上記範囲であることにより、本発明の色材分散液を用いて製造されたカラーフィルタを備えた表示装置を高コントラストで、かつ高品質なものとすることができる。 The average primary particle size of the color material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can produce a desired color when it is used as a color layer of a color filter, and varies depending on the type of color material used. Is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 15 nm to 60 nm. When the average primary particle diameter of the color material is in the above range, a display device including a color filter manufactured using the color material dispersion of the present invention can be made with high contrast and high quality. .
 また、色材分散液中の色材の平均分散粒径は、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10nm以上100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15nm以上60nm以下の範囲内であることがより好ましい。
 色材分散液中の色材の平均分散粒径は、少なくとも溶剤を含有する分散媒体中に分散している色材粒子の分散粒径であって、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計により測定されるものである。レーザー光散乱粒度分布計による粒径の測定としては、色材分散液に用いられている溶剤で、色材分散液をレーザー光散乱粒度分布計で測定可能な濃度に適宜希釈(例えば、1000倍など)し、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計(例えば、日機装社製ナノトラック粒度分布測定装置UPA-EX150)を用いて動的光散乱法により23℃にて測定することができる。ここでの平均分布粒径は、体積平均粒径である。
Moreover, although the average dispersed particle diameter of the color material in the color material dispersion varies depending on the type of the color material used, it is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, and preferably in the range of 15 nm to 60 nm. More preferred.
The average dispersed particle size of the color material in the color material dispersion is the dispersed particle size of the color material particles dispersed in a dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. It is. For particle size measurement with a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter, the color material dispersion is appropriately diluted to a concentration that can be measured with a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times). Etc.) and can be measured at 23 ° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, Nanotrack particle size distribution measuring device UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The average distribution particle size here is a volume average particle size.
 本発明の色材分散液において、色材の含有量は、特に限定されない。色材の含有量は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、色材分散液中の全固形分100質量部に対して、5質量部以上80質量部以下、より好ましくは8質量部以上70質量部以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 特に色材濃度が高い塗膜乃至着色層を形成する場合には、色材分散液中の全固形分100質量部に対して、30質量部以上80質量部以下、より好ましくは40質量部以上75質量部以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
In the color material dispersion of the present invention, the content of the color material is not particularly limited. The content of the color material is 5 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 8 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix | blend in the ratio below a mass part.
In particular, when forming a coating film or a colored layer having a high color material concentration, it is 30 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion. It is preferable to mix at a ratio of 75 parts by mass or less.
<分散剤>
 本発明においては、分散剤として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を用いる。前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位は塩基性を有し、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する。
 本発明の色材分散液は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を用いることにより、色材への吸着性能が向上し、色材の分散性及び分散安定性が向上する。
<Dispersant>
In the present invention, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used as a dispersant. The structural unit represented by the general formula (I) has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material.
By using the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), the color material dispersion of the present invention improves the adsorption performance to the color material, and improves the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material. To do.
 一般式(I)において、Aは、2価の連結基である。Aにおける2価の連結基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、炭素原子数1以上10以下のエーテル基(-R’-OR”-:R’及びR”は、各々独立にアルキレン基)及びこれらの組み合わせ等が挙げられる。
 中でも、分散性の点から、一般式(I)におけるAは、-CONH-基、又は、-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。
In general formula (I), A is a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group in A include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, and an ether group having a carbon atom number of 1 to 10 (—R ′). —OR ″ —: R ′ and R ″ are each independently an alkylene group) and combinations thereof.
Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, A in the general formula (I) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a —CONH— group or a —COO— group.
 R及びRにおける、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基における炭化水素基は、例えば、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基などが挙げられる。
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられ、アルキル基の炭素原子数は、1以上18以下が好ましく、中でも、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。
 アラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられる。アラルキル基の炭素原子数は、7以上20以下が好ましく、更に7以上14以下が好ましい。
 また、アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられる。アリール基の炭素原子数は、6以上24以下が好ましく、更に6以上12以下が好ましい。なお、上記好ましい炭素原子数には、置換基の炭素原子数は含まれない。
 ヘテロ原子を含む炭化水素基とは、上記炭化水素基中の炭素原子がヘテロ原子で置き換えられた構造を有する。炭化水素基が含んでいてもよいヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケイ素原子等が挙げられる。
 また、炭化水素基中の水素原子は、炭素原子数1以上5以下のアルキル基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等のハロゲン原子により置換されていてもよい。
Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group that may include a hetero atom in R 2 and R 3 include an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, and an aryl group.
Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and the like. It is preferably 1 or more and 18 or less, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, and a biphenylmethyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 7 or more and 14 or less.
Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, and more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less. The preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
The hydrocarbon group containing a hetero atom has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom that the hydrocarbon group may contain include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom.
Further, the hydrogen atom in the hydrocarbon group may be substituted with a halogen atom such as an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom.
 RとRが互いに結合して環構造を形成しているとは、RとRが窒素原子を介して環構造を形成していることをいう。R及びRが形成する環構造にヘテロ原子が含まれていても良い。環構造は特に限定されないが、例えば、ピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環等が挙げられる。 The phrase “R 2 and R 3 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure” means that R 2 and R 3 form a ring structure through a nitrogen atom. The ring structure formed by R 2 and R 3 may contain a hetero atom. The ring structure is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, and a morpholine ring.
 本発明においては、中でも、RとRが各々独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1以上5以下のアルキル基、フェニル基であるか、又は、RとRが結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環を形成していることが好ましく、中でもR及びRの少なくとも1つが炭素原子数1以上5以下のアルキル基、フェニル基であるか、又は、RとRが結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環を形成していることが好ましい。 In the present invention, among them, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R 2 and R 3 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring. , A piperidine ring and a morpholine ring are preferable, and among them, at least one of R 2 and R 3 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R 2 and R 3. Are preferably bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, or a morpholine ring.
 上記一般式(I)で表される構成単位としては、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート等、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドなどのアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。中でも分散性、及び分散安定性が向上する点でジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドを好ましく用いることができる。
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、1種類からなるものであってもよく、2種以上の構成単位を含むものであってもよい。
Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) include dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, and other alkyl group-substituted amino groups. Examples include group-containing (meth) acrylates, alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like. Of these, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used in terms of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
The structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may be composed of one type or may include two or more types of structural units.
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体としては、分散性を向上する点から、更に溶剤親和性を有する部位を含むことが好ましい。溶剤親和性部位としては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノマーの中から、溶剤親和性を有するように溶剤に応じて適宜選択して用いられることが好ましい。目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、重合体の23℃における溶解度が50(g/100g溶剤)以上となるように、溶剤親和性部位を導入することが好ましい。
 本発明において用いられる重合体としては、色材の分散性及び分散安定性並びに樹脂組成物の耐熱性を向上し、高輝度且つ高コントラストな着色層を形成できる点から、中でも、ブロック共重合体又はグラフト共重合体が好ましく、ブロック共重合体が特に好ましい。以下、特に好ましいブロック共重合体について詳細に説明する。
The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) preferably further includes a portion having solvent affinity from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility. As the solvent affinity site, a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond that can be polymerized with a monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is selected depending on the solvent so as to have solvent affinity. It is preferable to select and use as appropriate. As a standard, it is preferable to introduce a solvent-affinity site so that the solubility of the polymer at 23 ° C. is 50 (g / 100 g solvent) or more with respect to the solvent used in combination.
As the polymer used in the present invention, among others, a block copolymer can be formed from the viewpoint that the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material and the heat resistance of the resin composition can be improved and a colored layer having high brightness and high contrast can be formed. Or a graft copolymer is preferable and a block copolymer is particularly preferable. Hereinafter, particularly preferred block copolymers will be described in detail.
(ブロック共重合体)
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロックをAブロックとすると、当該Aブロックは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が塩基性を有し、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する。一方、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含まないBブロックは、溶剤親和性を有するブロックとして機能するようにする。本発明においてブロック共重合体の各ブロックの配置は特に限定されず、例えば、ABブロック共重合体、ABAブロック共重合体、BABブロック共重合体等とすることができる。中でも、分散性に優れる点で、ABブロック共重合体、又はABAブロック共重合体が好ましい。
(Block copolymer)
When the block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is an A block, the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is basic and the A block has an adsorption site for a coloring material. Function as. On the other hand, the B block not containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) functions as a block having solvent affinity. In the present invention, the arrangement of each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, and the like can be used. Among these, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
 Bブロックを構成する構成単位としては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと共重合可能な不飽和二重結合を有する単量体を挙げることができ、中でも下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位が好ましい。 Examples of the structural unit constituting the B block include a monomer having an unsaturated double bond copolymerizable with the monomer that derives the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). The structural unit represented by (II) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(一般式(II)中、A’は、直接結合又は2価の連結基、Rは、水素原子又はメチル基、Rは、炭化水素基、-[CH(R)-CH(R)-O]-R又は-[(CH-O]-Rで示される1価の基である。R及びRは、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であり、Rは、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO、又は-CHCOORで示される1価の基であり、Rは水素原子又は炭素原子数1以上5以下のアルキル基である。
 上記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 xは1以上30以下の整数、yは1以上5以下の整数、zは1以上18以下の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(In the general formula (II), A ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 5 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 6 ) —CH (R 7 ) —O] x —R 8 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 8. Each of R 6 and R 7 is independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 8 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 9 , and R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom number of 1 or more and 5 or less. It is an alkyl group.
The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
x represents an integer of 1 to 30, y represents an integer of 1 to 5, and z represents an integer of 1 to 18. )
 一般式(II)の2価の連結基A’としては、一般式(I)におけるAと同様のものとすることができる。中でも、A’は、有機溶剤への溶解性の点から、直接結合、-CONH-基、又は、-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。得られたポリマーの耐熱性や溶剤として好適に用いられるプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセタート(PGMEA)に対する溶解性、また比較的安価な材料である点から、A’は、-COO-基であることが好ましい。 The divalent linking group A ′ in the general formula (II) can be the same as A in the general formula (I). Among them, A ′ is preferably a divalent linking group containing a direct bond, —CONH— group, or —COO— group from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent. From the viewpoint of heat resistance of the obtained polymer, solubility in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) suitably used as a solvent, and a relatively inexpensive material, A ′ may be a —COO— group. preferable.
 Rにおける炭化水素基としては、炭素原子数1以上18以下のアルキル基、炭素原子数2以上18以下のアルケニル基、アラルキル基、又はアリール基であることが好ましい。
 上記炭素原子数1以上18以下のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-エトキシエチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、ジシクロペンテニル基、アダマンチル基、低級アルキル基置換アダマンチル基などを挙げることができる。
 上記炭素原子数2以上18以下のアルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えばビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基などを挙げることができる。アルケニル基の二重結合の位置には限定はないが、得られたポリマーの反応性の点からは、アルケニル基の末端に二重結合があることが好ましい。
 アルキル基やアルケニル基等の脂肪族炭化水素の置換基としては、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子などを挙げることができる。
The hydrocarbon group for R 5 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group.
The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, Examples include 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, dicyclopentenyl group, adamantyl group, and lower alkyl group-substituted adamantyl group.
The alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group. The position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, but from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the polymer obtained, it is preferable that there is a double bond at the terminal of the alkenyl group.
Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon substituent such as an alkyl group or an alkenyl group include a nitro group and a halogen atom.
 アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アリール基の炭素原子数は、6以上24以下が好ましく、更に6以上12以下が好ましい。
 また、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アラルキル基の炭素原子数は、7以上20以下が好ましく、更に7以上14以下が好ましい。
 アリール基やアラルキル基等の芳香環の置換基としては、炭素原子数1以上4以下の直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基の他、アルケニル基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子などを挙げることができる。
 なお、上記好ましい炭素原子数には、置換基の炭素原子数は含まれない。
Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group, and may further have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, and more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
Moreover, as an aralkyl group, a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group, etc. are mentioned, Furthermore, you may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 or more and 20 or less, and more preferably 7 or more and 14 or less.
Examples of the substituent on the aromatic ring such as an aryl group and an aralkyl group include straight chain and branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups, nitro groups, and halogen atoms.
The preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
 上記Rにおいて、xは1以上30以下の整数、好ましくは1以上26以下の整数、より好ましくは1以上18以下の整数、より更に好ましくは1以上4以下の整数、特に好ましくは1以上2以下の整数であり、yは1以上5以下の整数、好ましくは1以上4以下の整数、より好ましくは2又は3である。zは1以上18以下の整数、好ましくは1以上4以下の整数、より好ましくは1以上2以下の整数である。 In the above R 5 , x is an integer of 1 or more and 30 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 26 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, still more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, particularly preferably 1 or more and 2 Y is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably 2 or 3. z is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 2 or less.
 上記Rにおける炭化水素基は、前記Rで示したものと同様のものとすることができる。中でも、上記Rにおける炭化水素基としては、炭素原子数1以上18以下のアルキル基であることが、現像性が優れる点から好ましい。
 Rは水素原子又は炭素原子数1以上5以下のアルキル基であって、直鎖状、分岐状、又は環状のいずれであってもよい。
 また、上記一般式(II)で表される構成単位中のRは、互いに同一であってもよいし、異なるものであってもよい。
The hydrocarbon group for R 8 can be the same as that shown for R 5 . Among these, the hydrocarbon group for R 8 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms from the viewpoint of excellent developability.
R 9 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and may be linear, branched or cyclic.
Moreover, R 5 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) may be the same or different from each other.
 上記Rとしては、中でも、後述する溶剤との相溶性に優れたものとなるように選定することが好ましく、具体的には、例えば上記溶剤が、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の溶剤として一般的に使用されているグリコールエーテルアセテート系、エーテル系、エステル系などの溶剤を用いる場合には、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、ベンジル基等が好ましい。
 また、Bブロックを構成する構成単位中に、上記Rとして、-[CH(R)-CH(R)-O]-R又は-[(CH-O]-Rであるものを含有することが、現像性が優れ、現像残渣の抑制に優れる点から好ましい。
The R 5 is preferably selected so as to be excellent in compatibility with a solvent described later. Specifically, for example, the solvent is generally used as a solvent for a colored resin composition for a color filter. When a commonly used solvent such as glycol ether acetate, ether or ester is used, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a benzyl group or the like is preferable.
In the structural unit constituting the B block, as R 5 , — [CH (R 6 ) —CH (R 7 ) —O] x —R 8 or — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z — It contains what is R 8 is, excellent developability, from the viewpoint of excellent suppression of development residue.
 さらに、上記Rは、上記ブロック共重合体の分散性能等を妨げない範囲で、アルコキシ基、水酸基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基等の置換基によって置換されたものとしてもよく、また、上記ブロック共重合体の合成後に、上記置換基を有する化合物と反応させて、上記置換基を付加させてもよい。 Furthermore, R 5 may be substituted with a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, or an isocyanate group as long as the dispersion performance of the block copolymer is not hindered. After the synthesis of the polymer, the substituent may be added by reacting with the compound having the substituent.
 本発明において上記ブロック共重合体の溶剤親和性のブロック部のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、適宜選択すればよい。耐熱性の点から、中でも、溶剤親和性のブロック部のガラス転移温度(Tg)が、80℃以上であることが好ましく、100℃以上であることがより好ましい。
 本発明における溶剤親和性のブロック部のガラス転移温度(Tg)は下記式で計算することができる。また同様に色材親和性ブロック部及びブロック共重合体のガラス転移温度も計算することが出来る。
1/Tg=Σ(Xi/Tgi)
ここでは、溶剤親和性のブロック部はi=1からnまでのn個のモノマー成分が共重合しているとする。Xiはi番目のモノマーの重量分率(ΣXi=1)、Tgiはi番目のモノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度(絶対温度)である。ただしΣはi=1からnまでの和をとる。なお、各モノマーの単独重合体ガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)は、Polymer Handbook(3rd Edition)(J.Brandrup, E.H.Immergut著(Wiley-Interscience、1989))の値を採用することができる。
In the present invention, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the solvent-compatible block part of the block copolymer may be appropriately selected. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the solvent-compatible block part is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 100 ° C. or higher.
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the solvent-affinity block part in the present invention can be calculated by the following formula. Similarly, the glass transition temperature of the colorant affinity block portion and the block copolymer can be calculated.
1 / Tg = Σ (Xi / Tgi)
Here, it is assumed that n monomer components from i = 1 to n are copolymerized in the solvent-affinity block portion. Xi is the weight fraction of the i-th monomer (ΣXi = 1), and Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer. However, Σ is the sum from i = 1 to n. The homopolymer glass transition temperature value (Tgi) of each monomer may adopt the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (by J. Brandrup, EH Immergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)). it can.
 溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する構成単位の数は、色材分散性が向上する範囲で適宜調整すればよい。中でも、溶剤親和性部位と色材親和性部位が効果的に作用し、色材の分散性を向上する点から、溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する構成単位の数は、10以上200以下であることが好ましく、10以上100以下であることがより好ましく、更に10以上70以下であることがより好ましい。 The number of structural units constituting the solvent affinity block may be appropriately adjusted within a range where the colorant dispersibility is improved. Among them, the number of structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block part is 10 or more and 200 or less from the viewpoint that the solvent-affinity part and the colorant affinity part act effectively and improve the dispersibility of the colorant. Preferably, it is 10 or more and 100 or less, more preferably 10 or more and 70 or less.
 溶剤親和性のブロック部は、溶剤親和性部位として機能するように選択されれば良く、溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する繰り返し単位は1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。 The solvent-affinity block part may be selected so as to function as a solvent-affinity site, and the repeating unit constituting the solvent-affinity block part may be composed of one kind, or two or more kinds. The repeating unit may be included.
 また、中でも、本発明において分散剤は、前記一般式(II)で表される構造を含みアミン価が40mgKOH/g以上120mgKOH/g以下である重合体が、分散性が良好で塗膜形成時に異物を析出せず、輝度及びコントラストを向上する点から好ましい。
 アミン価が上記範囲内であることにより、粘度の経時安定性や耐熱性に優れると共に、アルカリ現像性や、溶剤再溶解性にも優れている。本発明において、分散剤のアミン価は、分散性および分散安定性の点から、中でも、アミン価が80mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、90mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。一方、溶剤再溶解性の点から、分散剤のアミン価は、110mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、105mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましい。
 アミン価は、試料1g中に含まれるアミン成分を中和するのに要する過塩素酸と当量の水酸化カリウムのmg数をいい、JIS-K7237に定義された方法により測定することができる。当該方法により測定した場合には、分散剤中の有機酸化合物と塩形成しているアミノ基であっても、通常、当該有機酸化合物が解離するため、分散剤として用いられるブロック共重合体そのもののアミン価を測定することができる。
In particular, in the present invention, the dispersant is a polymer having a structure represented by the general formula (II) and having an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g to 120 mgKOH / g. It is preferable from the viewpoint of improving luminance and contrast without depositing foreign matters.
When the amine value is within the above range, the viscosity is excellent in stability over time and heat resistance, and is also excellent in alkali developability and solvent resolubility. In the present invention, the amine value of the dispersant is preferably 80 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 90 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of solvent resolubility, the amine value of the dispersant is preferably 110 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 105 mgKOH / g or less.
The amine value refers to the number of mg of potassium hydroxide equivalent to perchloric acid required to neutralize the amine component contained in 1 g of a sample, and can be measured by the method defined in JIS-K7237. When measured by this method, even if it is an amino group that forms a salt with the organic acid compound in the dispersant, the organic acid compound usually dissociates, so that the block copolymer itself used as the dispersant is itself The amine value of can be measured.
 本発明に用いられる分散剤の酸価は、現像残渣の抑制効果の点から、下限としては、1mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましい。中でも、現像残渣の抑制効果がより優れる点から、分散剤の酸価は2mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。一方で、分散剤の酸価は、分散性及び分散安定性の点からは、0mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。また、本発明に用いられる分散剤の酸価は、現像密着性の悪化や溶剤再溶解性の悪化を防止できる点から、分散剤の酸価の上限としては、18mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましい。中でも、現像密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性が良好になる点から、分散剤の酸価は、12mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、8mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる分散剤においては、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価が1mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、2mgKOH/g以上であることがさらに好ましい。現像残渣の抑制効果が向上するからである。一方で、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価は、分散性及び分散安定性の点からは、0mgKOH/gであることが好ましい。また、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価の上限としては18mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましいが、12mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、8mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。現像密着性、及び溶剤再溶解性が良好になるからである。
The acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more as a lower limit from the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing development residue. Among them, the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of more excellent development residue suppression effect. On the other hand, the acid value of the dispersant is preferably 0 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. In addition, the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is 18 mgKOH / g or less as the upper limit of the acid value of the dispersant from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration in development adhesion and solvent resolubility. preferable. Among these, the acid value of the dispersant is more preferably 12 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 8 mgKOH / g or less, from the viewpoint that the development adhesion and the solvent re-solubility are improved.
In the dispersant used in the present invention, the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 1 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 2 mgKOH / g or more. This is because the effect of suppressing the development residue is improved. On the other hand, the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 0 mgKOH / g from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. The upper limit of the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation is preferably 18 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 12 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 8 mgKOH / g or less. . This is because the development adhesiveness and the solvent resolubility are improved.
 また、本発明において、分散剤のガラス転移温度は、現像密着性が向上する点から、30℃以上であることが好ましい。すなわち、分散剤が、塩形成前ブロック共重合体であっても、塩型ブロック共重合体であっても、そのガラス転移温度は、30℃以上であることが好ましい。分散剤のガラス転移温度が低いと、特に現像液温度(通常23℃程度)に近接し、現像密着性が低下する恐れがある。これは、当該ガラス転移温度が現像液温度に近接すると、現像時に分散剤の運動が大きくなり、その結果、現像密着性が悪化するからと推定される。ガラス転移温度が30℃以上であることによって、現像時の分散剤の分子運動が抑制されることから、現像密着性の低下が抑制されると推定される。
 分散剤のガラス転移温度は、現像密着性の点から中でも32℃以上が好ましく、35℃以上がより好ましい。一方、精秤が容易など、使用時の操作性の観点から、200℃以下であることが好ましい。
 本発明における分散剤のガラス転移温度は、JIS K7121に準拠し、示差走査熱量測定(DSC)により測定することにより求めることができる。
Moreover, in this invention, it is preferable that the glass transition temperature of a dispersing agent is 30 degreeC or more from the point which image development adhesiveness improves. That is, whether the dispersant is a block copolymer before salt formation or a salt block copolymer, the glass transition temperature is preferably 30 ° C. or higher. When the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is low, it is particularly close to the developer temperature (usually about 23 ° C.), and the development adhesion may be lowered. This is presumably because when the glass transition temperature is close to the developer temperature, the movement of the dispersant increases during development, resulting in poor development adhesion. When the glass transition temperature is 30 ° C. or higher, the molecular motion of the dispersant during development is suppressed, so that it is estimated that the decrease in development adhesion is suppressed.
The glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 32 ° C. or higher, more preferably 35 ° C. or higher, from the viewpoint of development adhesion. On the other hand, the temperature is preferably 200 ° C. or lower from the viewpoint of operability during use, such as easy precision weighing.
The glass transition temperature of the dispersant in the present invention can be determined by measuring by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) according to JIS K7121.
 色材濃度を高め、分散剤含有量が増加すると、相対的にバインダー量が減少することから、着色樹脂層が現像時に下地基板から剥離し易くなる。分散剤がカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含むBブロックを含み、前記特定の酸価及びガラス転移温度を有することにより、現像密着性が向上する。酸価が高すぎると、現像性に優れるものの、極性が高すぎて却って現像時に剥離が生じ易くなると推定される。 When the colorant concentration is increased and the dispersant content is increased, the amount of the binder is relatively decreased, so that the colored resin layer is easily peeled off from the base substrate during development. When the dispersant contains a B block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing monomer and has the specific acid value and glass transition temperature, the development adhesion is improved. If the acid value is too high, the developability is excellent, but it is presumed that the polarity is too high and peeling easily occurs during development.
 以上のことから、本発明において前記分散剤は、前記一般式(I)で表される構造を含みアミン価が40mgKOH/g以上120mgKOH/g以下である重合体であって、且つ、酸価が1mgKOH/g以上18mgKOH/g以下で、ガラス転移温度が30℃以上であることが、色材分散安定性に優れてコントラストを向上し、着色樹脂組成物とした際に、現像残渣の発生が抑制されながら、溶剤再溶解性に優れ、更に、高い現像密着性を有する点から好ましい。 From the above, in the present invention, the dispersant is a polymer having a structure represented by the general formula (I) and having an amine value of 40 mgKOH / g or more and 120 mgKOH / g or less, and an acid value. 1 mgKOH / g or more and 18 mgKOH / g or less and a glass transition temperature of 30 ° C. or more is excellent in colorant dispersion stability, improves contrast, and suppresses generation of development residue when a colored resin composition is obtained. However, it is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent solvent resolubility and high development adhesion.
 前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するモノマーと共重合可能で、不飽和二重結合とカルボキシ基を含有するモノマーを用いることができる。このようなモノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、アクリル酸ダイマーなどが挙げられる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの水酸基を有する単量体と無水マレイン酸や無水フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレートなども利用できる。また、カルボキシ基の前駆体として無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などの酸無水物基含有モノマーを用いてもよい。中でも、共重合性やコスト、溶解性、ガラス転移温度などの点から(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましい。 As the carboxy group-containing monomer, a monomer that can be copolymerized with a monomer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and contains an unsaturated double bond and a carboxy group can be used. Examples of such monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimer, and the like. Also, an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used. Moreover, you may use acid anhydride group containing monomers, such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxy group. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体中、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有割合は、ブロック共重合体の酸価が前記特定の酸価の範囲内になるように適宜設定すればよく、特に限定されないが、ブロック共重合体の全構成単位の合計質量に対して、0.05質量%以上4.5質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.07質量%以上3.7質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有割合が、前記下限値以上であることより、現像残渣の抑制効果が発現され、前記上限値以下であることより現像密着性の悪化や溶剤再溶解性の悪化を防止できる。
 なお、カルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位は、上記特定の酸価となればよく、1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。
In the block copolymer before salt formation, the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer may be appropriately set so that the acid value of the block copolymer is within the range of the specific acid value. Although it is not limited, it is preferable that it is 0.05 mass% or more and 4.5 mass% or less with respect to the total mass of all the structural units of a block copolymer, and is 0.07 mass% or more and 3.7 mass% or less. More preferably.
Since the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the carboxy group-containing monomer is not less than the lower limit value, the effect of suppressing the development residue is expressed, and since it is not more than the upper limit value, the development adhesiveness is deteriorated and the solvent resolubility is reduced. Deterioration can be prevented.
In addition, the structural unit derived from a carboxy group containing monomer should just become said specific acid value, may consist of 1 type, and may contain 2 or more types of structural units.
 また、本発明に用いられる分散剤のガラス転移温度を特定の値以上とし、現像密着性が向上する点から、モノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)が10℃以上であるモノマーを、合計でBブロック中に75質量%以上とすることが好ましく、更に85質量%以上とすることが好ましい。 Moreover, the monomer whose glass transition temperature (Tgi) of the homopolymer of the monomer is 10 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint that the glass transition temperature of the dispersant used in the present invention is a specific value or higher and development adhesion is improved. Is preferably 75% by mass or more, and more preferably 85% by mass or more in the B block.
 前記ブロック共重合体において、前記Aブロックの構成単位のユニット数mと、前記Bブロックの構成単位のユニット数nの比率m/nとしては、0.05以上1.5以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.1以上1.0以下の範囲内であることが、色材の分散性、分散安定性の点からより好ましい。 In the block copolymer, the ratio m / n of the unit number m of the structural unit of the A block and the unit number n of the structural unit of the B block is in the range of 0.05 to 1.5. In view of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, it is more preferably within the range of 0.1 to 1.0.
 前記ブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量Mwは、特に限定されないが、色材分散性及び分散安定性を良好なものとする点から、1000以上20000以下であることが好ましく、2000以上15000以下であることがより好ましく、更に3000以上12000以下であることがより好ましい。
 ここで、重量平均分子量は(Mw)は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレン換算値として求める。なお、ブロック共重合体の原料となるマクロモノマーや塩型ブロック共重合体、グラフト共重合体についても、上記条件で行う。
The weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 or more and 20000 or less, and preferably 2000 or more and 15000 or less, from the viewpoint of improving the colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 3000 or more and 12000 or less.
Here, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is determined as a standard polystyrene equivalent value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The macromonomer, salt-type block copolymer, and graft copolymer that are the raw materials for the block copolymer are also subjected to the above conditions.
 上記ブロック共重合体の製造方法は、特に限定されない。公知の方法によってブロック共重合体を製造することができるが、中でもリビング重合法で製造することが好ましい。連鎖移動や失活が起こりにくく、分子量の揃った共重合体を製造することができ、分散性等を向上できるからである。リビング重合法としては、リビングラジカル重合法、グループトランスファー重合法等のリビングアニオン重合法、リビングカチオン重合法等を挙げることができる。これらの方法によりモノマーを順次重合することによって共重合体を製造することができる。例えば、Aブロックを先に製造し、AブロックにBブロックを構成する構成単位を重合することにより、ブロック共重合体を製造することができる。また上記の製造方法においてAブロックとBブロックの重合の順番を逆にすることもできる。また、AブロックとBブロックを別々に製造し、その後、AブロックとBブロックをカップリングすることもできる。 The method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. Although a block copolymer can be produced by a known method, it is preferable to produce it by a living polymerization method. This is because chain transfer and deactivation are unlikely to occur, a copolymer having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility and the like can be improved. Examples of the living polymerization method include a living anionic polymerization method such as a living radical polymerization method and a group transfer polymerization method, and a living cation polymerization method. A copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing monomers by these methods. For example, a block copolymer can be produced by first producing the A block and polymerizing the structural units constituting the B block into the A block. In the above production method, the order of polymerization of the A block and the B block can be reversed. Also, the A block and the B block can be manufactured separately, and then the A block and the B block can be coupled.
 このような前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部と溶剤親和性を有するブロック部とを有するブロック共重合体の具体例としては、例えば、特許第4911253号公報に記載のブロック共重合体を好適なものとして挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the block copolymer having a block part containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a block part having a solvent affinity include, for example, those described in Japanese Patent No. 4911253 A block copolymer can be mentioned as a suitable thing.
 本発明においては、色材の分散性や分散安定性の点から、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含む重合体中のアミノ基のうちの少なくとも一部と、有機酸化合物やハロゲン化炭化水素とが塩を形成したものを分散剤として用いても好ましい(以下、このような重合体を、塩型重合体と称することがある)。
 中でも、3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体がブロック共重合体であって、前記有機酸化合物がフェニルホスホン酸やフェニルホスフィン酸等の酸性有機リン化合物であることが、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から好ましい。このような分散剤に用いられる有機酸化合物の具体例としては、例えば、特開2012-236882号公報等に記載の有機酸化合物が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 また、前記ハロゲン化炭化水素としては、臭化アリル、塩化ベンジル等のハロゲン化アリル及びハロゲン化アラルキルの少なくとも1種であることが、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から好ましい。
In the present invention, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the color material, at least a part of the amino groups in the polymer containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I), an organic acid compound, It is also preferable to use a salt formed with a halogenated hydrocarbon as a dispersant (hereinafter, such a polymer may be referred to as a salt-type polymer).
Among them, the polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine is a block copolymer, and the organic acid compound is an acidic organic phosphorus compound such as phenylphosphonic acid or phenylphosphinic acid. And preferred from the viewpoint of excellent dispersion stability. Specific examples of the organic acid compound used for such a dispersant include, for example, organic acid compounds described in JP 2012-236882 A and the like.
The halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably at least one of allyl halides such as allyl bromide and benzyl chloride and aralkyl halides from the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
 本発明の色材分散液において、分散剤としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の少なくとも1種を用い、その含有量は、用いる色材の種類、更に後述するカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物中の固形分濃度等に応じて適宜選定される。
 分散剤の含有量は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、色材分散液中の全固形分100質量部に対して、3質量部以上45質量部以下、より好ましくは5質量部以上35質量部以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 特に色材濃度が高い塗膜乃至着色層を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、色材分散液中の全固形分100質量部に対して、3質量部以上25質量部以下、より好ましくは5質量部以上20質量部以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 尚、本発明において固形分は、上述した溶剤以外のもの全てであり、溶剤中に溶解しているモノマー等も含まれる。
In the color material dispersion of the present invention, as the dispersant, at least one polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is used, and the content thereof is the type of the color material to be used, and further described below. It is appropriately selected according to the solid content concentration in the colored resin composition for color filter to be performed.
The content of the dispersant is 3 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 35 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the colorant dispersion from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is preferable to mix | blend in the ratio of the mass part or less.
In particular, when forming a coating film or a colored layer having a high color material concentration, the content of the dispersant is 3 parts by mass or more and 25 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the color material dispersion. More preferably, it is blended at a ratio of 5 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less.
In the present invention, the solid content is everything except the above-mentioned solvent, and includes monomers dissolved in the solvent.
<溶剤>
 本発明に用いられる溶剤としては、色材分散液中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
 溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸n-ブチル、クロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレンなどの不飽和炭化水素系溶剤;N-ヘプタン、N-ヘキサン、N-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、2-メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、乳酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。
<Solvent>
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colorant dispersion and can dissolve or disperse them. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
Specific examples of the solvent include, for example, alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol and methoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and methoxypropion Ester solvents such as methyl acid, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-butyl butyrate, clohexanol acetate; acetone, Ketone solvents such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone; methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoate Glycol ether acetate solvents such as cis-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and ethoxyethyl acetate; carbitol acetates such as methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA) Solvents: diacetates such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol Ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monomer Glycol ether solvents such as ether and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; aprotic amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; lactone solvents such as γ-butyrolactone; tetrahydrofuran and the like Cyclic ether solvents such as: unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and naphthalene; saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane and N-octane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene Organic solvents such as Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate solvents, carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents are preferably used from the viewpoint of solubility of other components. Among them, the solvent used in the present invention includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 2-methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy It should be at least one selected from the group consisting of -3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, and 3-methoxybutyl acetate. It is preferable from the point of aptitude.
 また、現像性や溶剤再溶解性等の観点から、2種類以上の溶剤を含有する混合溶剤を使用するのも好ましい。 It is also preferable to use a mixed solvent containing two or more kinds of solvents from the viewpoints of developability and solvent re-solubility.
 混合溶剤を使用する場合、第1溶剤としては、安全性の高い;適度な揮発性を持つ;適度な溶解性を持つために分散性が良好である;等の理由から、前記したグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤を使用するのが好ましい。また、その中でも、沸点(大気圧における沸点をいう。以下同じ。)が150℃未満である2-メトキシエチルアセテート、又はプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)が特に好ましい。 When a mixed solvent is used, the glycol ether acetate described above is used as the first solvent because of its high safety; moderate volatility; good dispersibility due to moderate solubility; It is preferable to use a system solvent. Among them, 2-methoxyethyl acetate or propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate having a boiling point (boiling point at atmospheric pressure; the same shall apply hereinafter) of less than 150 ° C. is more preferable, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) is particularly preferable. preferable.
 第2溶剤(第1溶剤以外の溶剤)としては、アルコール性水酸基を有する溶剤や、沸点150℃以上の溶剤が好ましい。第2溶剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。 As the second solvent (a solvent other than the first solvent), a solvent having an alcoholic hydroxyl group or a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher is preferable. A 2nd solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and 2 or more types may be mixed and used for it.
 第2溶剤としてアルコール性水酸基を有する溶剤を使用すると、分散性が良好になり溶剤再溶解性が良好になりやすい。
 アルコール性水酸基を有する溶剤の例としては、上記アルコール系溶剤、上記カルビトール系溶剤、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤が挙げられ、具体例としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(沸点121℃)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブタノール(沸点174℃)等が挙げられる。
When a solvent having an alcoholic hydroxyl group is used as the second solvent, the dispersibility is improved and the solvent resolubility is likely to be improved.
Examples of the solvent having an alcoholic hydroxyl group include the alcohol solvent, the carbitol solvent, and the glycol ether solvent. Specific examples include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (boiling point 121 ° C.), 3-methoxy- Examples include 3-methyl-1-butanol (boiling point 174 ° C.).
 混合溶剤を使用する場合に、アルコール性水酸基を有する溶剤の含有量は、全溶剤中10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましく、2質量%以下が更に好ましい。また、0.1質量%以上が好ましく、0.3質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。
 上記範囲内であると、分散剤の溶解性が良好になりやすく、また、分散剤の第1溶剤への溶解を阻害しなくなるため、分散安定性が良好になりやすい。
In the case of using a mixed solvent, the content of the solvent having an alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and still more preferably 2% by mass or less in the total solvent. Moreover, 0.1 mass% or more is preferable, 0.3 mass% or more is more preferable, and 1 mass% or more is still more preferable.
Within the above range, the solubility of the dispersant tends to be good, and since the dissolution of the dispersant in the first solvent is not hindered, the dispersion stability tends to be good.
 第1溶剤が沸点150℃未満の溶剤である場合、第2溶剤として沸点150℃以上の溶剤を使用すると、乾燥ムラが発生し難くなり、異物が生じ難く、溶剤再溶解性も良好になり易い。
 沸点150℃以上の溶剤の例としては、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル(沸点179℃)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート(沸点188℃)、ジエチレングリコールエチルメチルエーテル(沸点179℃)、3-メトキシブチルアセテート(沸点172℃)等が挙げられる。
When the first solvent is a solvent having a boiling point of less than 150 ° C., use of a solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or more as the second solvent makes it difficult for drying unevenness to occur, hardly causes foreign matter, and tends to improve the solvent resolubility. .
Examples of solvents having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher include diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether (boiling point 179 ° C.), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate (boiling point 188 ° C.), diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether (boiling point 179 ° C.), 3 -Methoxybutyl acetate (boiling point 172 ° C.) and the like.
 混合溶剤を使用する場合、沸点150℃以上の溶剤の含有量は、全溶剤中40質量%以下が好ましく、30質量%以下がより好ましい。また、3質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、10質量%以上が更に好ましい。
 上記範囲内であると、乾燥ムラが発生しにくく、また、乾燥時間が長くなり過ぎず生産性が良好となりやすい。
When using a mixed solvent, the content of the solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher is preferably 40% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or less in the total solvent. Moreover, 3 mass% or more is preferable, 5 mass% or more is more preferable, and 10 mass% or more is still more preferable.
Within the above range, drying unevenness is unlikely to occur, and the drying time does not become too long and the productivity tends to be good.
 上記「沸点150℃以上の溶剤」の沸点は、乾燥時間が長くなり過ぎない等の点から、240℃以下であることが好ましく、200℃以下であることが特に好ましい。 The boiling point of the above “solvent having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher” is preferably 240 ° C. or lower, particularly preferably 200 ° C. or lower, from the viewpoint that the drying time does not become too long.
 本発明の色材分散液は、以上のような溶剤を、当該溶剤を含む色材分散液全量に対して、通常、55質量%以上95質量%以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、中でも65質量%以上90質量%以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、70質量%以上88質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。溶剤が少なすぎると、粘度が上昇し、分散性が低下しやすい。また、溶剤が多すぎると、色材濃度が低下し、目標とする色度座標に達成することが困難な場合がある。 In the color material dispersion of the present invention, the solvent as described above is usually preferably in the range of 55% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the color material dispersion containing the solvent. It is preferably in the range of not less than mass% and not more than 90 mass%, more preferably in the range of not less than 70 mass% and not more than 88 mass%. When there is too little solvent, a viscosity will rise and a dispersibility will fall easily. Moreover, when there are too many solvents, color material density | concentration will fall and it may be difficult to achieve to a target chromaticity coordinate.
<その他の成分>
 本発明の色材分散液には、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、更に必要に応じて、分散補助樹脂、その他の成分を配合してもよい。
 分散補助樹脂としては、例えば後述するカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物で例示されるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が挙げられる。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の立体障害によって色材粒子同士が接触しにくくなり、分散安定化することやその分散安定化効果によって分散剤を減らす効果がある場合がある。
 また、その他の成分としては、例えば、濡れ性向上のための界面活性剤、密着性向上のためのシランカップリング剤、消泡剤、ハジキ防止剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤、紫外線吸収剤などが挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
As long as the effect of this invention is not impaired, you may mix | blend a dispersion auxiliary resin and another component with the coloring material dispersion liquid of this invention as needed.
Examples of the dispersion auxiliary resin include alkali-soluble resins exemplified by a colored resin composition for a color filter described later. The steric hindrance of the alkali-soluble resin makes it difficult for the colorant particles to come into contact with each other, and may have the effect of stabilizing the dispersion or reducing the dispersant due to the dispersion stabilizing effect.
Other components include, for example, surfactants for improving wettability, silane coupling agents for improving adhesion, antifoaming agents, repellency inhibitors, antioxidants, anti-aggregation agents, and UV absorbers. Etc.
 本発明の色材分散液は、後述するカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を調製するための予備調製物として用いられる。すなわち、色材分散液とは、後述のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を調製する前段階において予備調製される、P/V(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比の高い色材分散液である。具体的には、(組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比は通常1.0以上である。色材分散液と、後述する各成分とを混合することにより、分散性に優れたれカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を調製することができる。 The color material dispersion of the present invention is used as a preliminary preparation for preparing a colored resin composition for a color filter described later. That is, the color material dispersion is P / V (color material component mass in the composition) / (color material in the composition), which is preliminarily prepared in the previous stage of preparing the color resin composition for color filter described later. It is a colorant dispersion having a high ratio (solid content other than components). Specifically, the ratio of (mass of color material component in composition) / (mass of solid content other than color material component in composition) is usually 1.0 or more. By mixing the colorant dispersion and each component described below, a colored resin composition for color filters having excellent dispersibility can be prepared.
[色材分散液の製造方法]
 本発明において、色材分散液の製造方法は、前記色材が、前記分散剤により、溶剤中に分散された色材分散液が得られる方法であれば特に限定されない。中でも、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から、以下の2つの製造方法のうちのいずれかとすることが好ましい。
[Production method of colorant dispersion]
In the present invention, the method for producing the color material dispersion is not particularly limited as long as the color material is a method for obtaining a color material dispersion dispersed in a solvent with the dispersant. Especially, it is preferable to set it as either of the following two manufacturing methods from the point which is excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a coloring material.
 即ち、本発明に係る色材分散液の第一の製造方法は、前記分散剤を準備する工程と、溶剤中、前記分散剤の存在下で、色材を分散する工程とを有するものである。溶剤中、前記分散剤の存在下で、2種以上の色材を共分散しても良いし、1種以上の色材を分散乃至共分散した後、2種以上の色材分散液を混合することにより本発明の色材分散液を得ても良い。 That is, the first method for producing a colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes a step of preparing the dispersant and a step of dispersing the colorant in the presence of the dispersant in a solvent. . Two or more kinds of color materials may be co-dispersed in the presence of the dispersant in a solvent, or one or more kinds of color materials are dispersed or co-dispersed, and then two or more kinds of color material dispersions are mixed. By doing so, the colorant dispersion of the present invention may be obtained.
 また、塩型ブロック共重合体である分散剤を用いる場合の本発明に係る色材分散液の第二の製造方法は、溶剤と、前記ブロック共重合体と、前記有機酸化合物やハロゲン化炭化水素と、色材とを混合して、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、前記有機酸化合物やハロゲン化炭化水素とを塩形成しながら、色材を分散する工程とを有するものである。このような塩形成しながら色材を分散する場合においても、2種以上の色材を共分散しても良いし、1種以上の色材を分散乃至共分散した後、2種以上の色材分散液を混合することにより本発明の色材分散液を得ても良い。 In addition, when a dispersant that is a salt type block copolymer is used, the second method for producing the colorant dispersion according to the present invention includes a solvent, the block copolymer, the organic acid compound, and halogenated carbonization. While mixing hydrogen and a coloring material, salt formation of at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) with the organic acid compound or the halogenated hydrocarbon is performed. And a step of dispersing the coloring material. Even when the color material is dispersed while forming such a salt, two or more kinds of color materials may be co-dispersed, or after one or more kinds of color materials are dispersed or co-dispersed, two or more kinds of colors are dispersed. The color material dispersion of the present invention may be obtained by mixing the material dispersion.
 上記第一の製造方法及び上記第二の製造方法において色材は、従来公知の分散機を用いて分散することができる。
 分散機の具体例としては、2本ロール、3本ロール等のロールミル、ボールミル、振動ボールミル等のボールミル、ペイントコンディショナー、連続ディスク型ビーズミル、連続アニュラー型ビーズミル等のビーズミルが挙げられる。ビーズミルの好ましい分散条件として、使用するビーズ径は0.03mm以上3.0mm以下が好ましく、より好ましくは0.05以上2.0mm以下である。
In the first production method and the second production method, the color material can be dispersed using a conventionally known disperser.
Specific examples of the dispersing machine include roll mills such as two rolls and three rolls, ball mills such as a ball mill and a vibration ball mill, bead mills such as a paint conditioner, a continuous disk type bead mill, and a continuous annular type bead mill. As a preferable dispersion condition of the bead mill, the bead diameter to be used is preferably 0.03 mm or more and 3.0 mm or less, more preferably 0.05 or more and 2.0 mm or less.
[カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物]
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、分散剤と、バインダー成分と、溶剤とを含有するカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物であって、
 前記色材が、赤色色材及び黄色色材を含み、
 当該黄色色材が、前記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンと、前記一般式(B)で表される化合物とを含み、
 前記分散剤が、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体であることを特徴とする。
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、前記本発明の色材分散液と同様に色材分散安定性に優れ、また前記本発明の色材分散液の項で述べたように、位相差値が低減されながら、高輝度及び高コントラストで色再現性に優れた着色層を形成可能である。
[Colored resin composition for color filter]
The colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention is a colored resin composition for a color filter containing a coloring material, a dispersant, a binder component, and a solvent,
The color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material,
The yellow color material is at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri- and tetraanions of the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof; An ion of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, and a compound represented by the general formula (B) Including
The dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I).
The colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is excellent in color material dispersion stability like the color material dispersion of the present invention, and as described in the section of the color material dispersion of the present invention, the phase difference While the value is reduced, it is possible to form a colored layer having high luminance and high contrast and excellent color reproducibility.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、分散剤と、バインダー成分と、溶剤とを少なくとも含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。以下、本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物に含まれる各成分について説明するが、色材のうち必須成分である赤色色材、前記特定の黄色色材、分散剤、及び溶剤については、上記本発明の色材分散液において説明したものと同様であるので、ここでの説明は省略する。 The colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, a binder component, and a solvent, and further contains other components as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. You may do it. Hereinafter, although each component contained in the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention will be described, the red color material that is an essential component among the color materials, the specific yellow color material, the dispersant, and the solvent are described above. Since it is the same as that described in the color material dispersion of the present invention, the description here is omitted.
<色材>
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物における色材は、必須成分として赤色色材、及び前記特定の黄色色材を含むが、色調を調整するために、更に他の色材を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 カラーフィルタの着色層を形成した際に所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、種々の有機顔料、無機顔料、分散可能な染料を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも有機顔料は、発色性が高く、耐熱性も高いので、好ましく用いられる。有機顔料としては、例えばカラーインデックス(C.I.;The Society of Dyers and Colourists 社発行)においてピグメント(Pigment)に分類されている化合物、具体的には、下記のようなカラーインデックス(C.I.)番号が付されているものを挙げることができる。
 また、上記分散可能な染料としては、染料に各種置換基を付与したり、公知のレーキ化(造塩化)手法を用いて、溶剤に不溶化することにより分散可能となった染料や、溶解度の低い溶剤と組み合わせて用いることにより分散可能となった染料が挙げられる。このような分散可能な染料と、前記分散剤とを組み合わせて用いることにより当該染料の分散性や分散安定性を向上することができる。
 分散可能な染料としては、従来公知の染料の中から適宜選択することができる。このような染料としては、例えば、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、トリフェニルメタン染料、キサンテン染料、シアニン染料、ナフトキノン染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、フタロシアニン染料などを挙げることができる。
 なお、目安として、10gの溶剤(又は混合溶剤)に対して染料の溶解量が10mg以下であれば、当該溶剤(又は混合溶剤)において、当該染料が分散可能であると判定することができる。
<Color material>
The color material in the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention includes a red color material and the specific yellow color material as essential components, but in order to adjust the color tone, other color materials are used in combination. Also good.
It is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when forming the color layer of the color filter, and various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dispersible dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Can be used. Among these, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high color developability and high heat resistance. Examples of the organic pigment include compounds classified as pigments in the Color Index (CI; issued by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), specifically, the following color index (C.I. .) Can be listed with numbers.
The dispersible dyes include dyes that are dispersible by imparting various substituents to the dyes or insolubilizing in a solvent by using a known lake (chlorination) technique, and low solubility. Examples thereof include dyes that can be dispersed by using in combination with a solvent. By using such a dispersible dye in combination with the dispersant, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the dye can be improved.
The dispersible dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes. Examples of such dyes include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
As a guide, if the amount of dye dissolved in 10 g of solvent (or mixed solvent) is 10 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye can be dispersed in the solvent (or mixed solvent).
 他の色材としては、中でも他の黄色色材、前記赤色色材に包含されないオレンジ色色材が好ましく用いられる。
 他の色材としては、例えば以下が挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。
 他の黄色色材として、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、55、60、61、65、71、73、74、81、83、93、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、116、117、119、120、126、127、128、129、138、139、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、166、167、168、175、180、及び185等が挙げられる。
Among other color materials, other yellow color materials and orange color materials not included in the red color material are preferably used.
Examples of other color materials include, but are not limited to, the following.
Other yellow color materials include C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 55, 60, 61, 65, 71, 73, 74, 81, 83, 93, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 139, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 166, 167, 168, 175, 180, 185 and the like.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において、色材全体に対する赤色色材の含有割合は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。
 中でも、位相差値が低減されながら、色再現性を広くしてコントラストを高くする点から、色材全量に対して、赤色色材を35質量%以上99質量%以下含有することが好ましく、40質量%以上98質量%以下含有することがより好ましく、45質量%以上97質量%以下含有することがより更に好ましい。
In the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, the content ratio of the red color material relative to the entire color material is not particularly limited as long as it is appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity.
Among them, it is preferable that the red color material is contained in an amount of 35% by mass to 99% by mass with respect to the total amount of the color material from the viewpoint of increasing the color reproducibility and increasing the contrast while reducing the retardation value. More preferably, it is contained in an amount of not less than 98% by mass and not more than 98% by mass, and still more preferably not less than 45% by mass and not more than 97% by mass.
 また、位相差値が低減されながら、色再現性を広くしてコントラストを高くする点から、色材全量に対して、黄色色材の合計含有量が1質量%以上65質量%以下であることが好ましく、2質量%以上60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上55質量%以下であることがより更に好ましい。
更に好ましい。
Further, the total content of the yellow color material is 1% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the color material from the viewpoint of widening the color reproducibility and increasing the contrast while the retardation value is reduced. Is preferably 2% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or more and 55% by mass or less.
Further preferred.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において、黄色色材中の前記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンと、前記一般式(B)で表される化合物(前記特定の黄色色材)との合計含有量は、所望の色度に合わせて適宜調整されればよく、特に限定されない。中でも、位相差値が低減されながら、色再現性を広くしてコントラストを高くする点から、前記特定の黄色色材の合計含有量が黄色色材全量に対して、10質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、15質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより更に好ましく、25質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより更に好ましい。 The colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention comprises mono-, di-, tri- and tetraanions of the azo compound represented by the general formula (A) in the yellow color material and the azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof. At least one anion selected from the group and ions of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn; The total content of the compound represented by the formula (B) (the specific yellow color material) may be appropriately adjusted according to the desired chromaticity, and is not particularly limited. Among them, the total content of the specific yellow color material is 10% by mass or more and 100% by mass with respect to the total amount of the yellow color material from the viewpoint of increasing the color reproducibility and increasing the contrast while the retardation value is reduced. Is preferably 15% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and further preferably 25% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. Even more preferred.
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲で、色材中に、赤色色材、及び黄色色材以外の他の色材を更に含んでいても良いが、赤色色材、及び黄色色材の合計含有量は、色材全量に対して、60質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、70質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより更に好ましい。 Moreover, in the colored resin composition for color filters of this invention, in the range which does not impair the effect of this invention, other color materials other than a red color material and a yellow color material are further included in the color material. However, the total content of the red color material and the yellow color material is preferably 60% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less and 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less with respect to the total color material. Is more preferable, and it is still more preferable that it is 80 to 100 mass%.
<バインダー成分>
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、成膜性や被塗工面に対する密着性を付与するためにバインダー成分を含有する。塗膜に充分な硬度を付与するために、硬化性バインダー成分を含有することが好ましい。硬化性バインダー成分としては、特に限定されず、従来公知のカラーフィルタの着色層を形成するのに用いられる硬化性バインダー成分を適宜用いることができる。
 硬化性バインダー成分としては、例えば、可視光線、紫外線、電子線等により重合硬化させることができる光硬化性樹脂を含む光硬化性バインダー成分や、加熱により重合硬化させることができる熱硬化性樹脂を含む熱硬化性バインダー成分を含むものを用いることができる。
<Binder component>
The colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains a binder component in order to impart film formability and adhesion to the surface to be coated. In order to impart sufficient hardness to the coating film, it is preferable to contain a curable binder component. It does not specifically limit as a curable binder component, The curable binder component used in forming the coloring layer of a conventionally well-known color filter can be used suitably.
Examples of the curable binder component include a photocurable binder component containing a photocurable resin that can be polymerized and cured by visible light, ultraviolet light, electron beam, and the like, and a thermosetting resin that can be polymerized and cured by heating. What contains the thermosetting binder component to contain can be used.
 着色層を形成する際にフォトリソグラフィー工程を用いる場合には、アルカリ現像性を有する感光性バインダー成分が好適に用いられる。なお、感光性バインダー成分に、熱硬化性バインダー成分を更に用いてもよい。
 感光性バインダー成分としては、ポジ型感光性バインダー成分とネガ型感光性バインダー成分が挙げられる。ポジ型感光性バインダー成分としては、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、感光性付与成分としてo-キノンジアジド基含有化合物とを含んだ系等が挙げられる。
When using a photolithography process when forming a colored layer, the photosensitive binder component which has alkali developability is used suitably. In addition, you may further use a thermosetting binder component for the photosensitive binder component.
Examples of the photosensitive binder component include a positive photosensitive binder component and a negative photosensitive binder component. Examples of the positive photosensitive binder component include a system containing an alkali-soluble resin and an o-quinonediazide group-containing compound as a photosensitizing component.
 一方、ネガ型感光性バインダー成分としては、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤を少なくとも含有する系が好適に用いられる。
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、ネガ型感光性バインダー成分であることが、フォトリソグラフィー法によって既存のプロセスを用いて簡便にパターンを形成できる点から好ましい。
 以下、ネガ型感光性バインダー成分を構成する、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤について、具体的に説明する。
On the other hand, as the negative photosensitive binder component, a system containing at least an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator is preferably used.
In the colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention, a negative photosensitive binder component is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by an existing process by a photolithography method.
Hereinafter, the alkali-soluble resin, the polyfunctional monomer, and the photoinitiator constituting the negative photosensitive binder component will be specifically described.
(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられるアルカリ現像液に可溶性であるものの中から、適宜選択して使用することができる。
 本発明において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とは、酸価が40mgKOH/g以上であることを目安にすることができる。
 本発明における好ましいアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸性基、通常カルボキシ基を有する樹脂であり、具体的には、カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂、カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂等が挙げられる。これらの中で特に好ましいものは、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するとともに、さらに側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基等の光重合性官能基を有するものである。光重合性官能基を含有することにより形成される硬化膜の膜強度が向上するからである。また、これらアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂、並びにエポキシアクリレート樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
(Alkali-soluble resin)
The alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected from those that act as a binder resin and are soluble in an alkali developer used for pattern formation.
In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin can be based on an acid value of 40 mgKOH / g or more.
A preferred alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group, and specifically, acrylic resins such as an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group. And epoxy (meth) acrylate resins having a carboxy group. Among these, particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group in the side chain and further having a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the photopolymerizable functional group is improved. In addition, acrylic resins such as acrylic copolymers and styrene-acrylic copolymers, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination.
 カルボキシル基を有する構成単位を有するアクリル系共重合体、及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂は、例えば、カルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマー、及び必要に応じて共重合可能なその他のモノマーを、公知の方法により(共)重合して得られた(共)重合体である。
 カルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、アクリル酸ダイマーなどが挙げられる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの水酸基を有する単量体と無水マレイン酸や無水フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレートなども利用できる。また、カルボキシル基の前駆体として無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などの無水物含有モノマーを用いてもよい。中でも、共重合性やコスト、溶解性、ガラス転移温度などの点から(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましい。
An acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxyl group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxyl group includes, for example, a carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and, if necessary, a copolymer. It is a (co) polymer obtained by (co) polymerizing other polymerizable monomers by a known method.
Examples of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer. It is done. Also, an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylates can also be used. Moreover, you may use anhydride containing monomers, such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride, as a precursor of a carboxyl group. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoints of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、着色層の密着性が優れる点から、更に炭化水素環を有することが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂に嵩高い基である、炭化水素環を有することにより硬化時の収縮が抑制され、基板との間の剥離が緩和し、基板密着性が向上する。また、本発明者らは、炭化水素環を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂を用いることにより、得られた着色層の耐溶剤性、特に着色層の膨潤が抑制されるとの知見を得た。作用については未解明であるが、着色層内に嵩高い炭化水素環が含まれることにより、着色層内における分子の動きが抑制される結果、塗膜の強度が高くなり溶剤による膨潤が抑制されるものと推定される。
 このような炭化水素環としては、置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族炭化水素環、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環、及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられ、炭化水素環がアルキル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、オキシカルボニル基、アミド基、水酸基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子等の置換基を有していてもよい。
 炭化水素環は、1価の基として含まれていても良いし、2価以上の基として含まれていても良い。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion of the colored layer. By having a hydrocarbon ring that is a bulky group in the alkali-soluble resin, shrinkage during curing is suppressed, peeling from the substrate is eased, and substrate adhesion is improved. Further, the present inventors have found that the use of an alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring suppresses the solvent resistance of the obtained colored layer, particularly the swelling of the colored layer. Although the action is unclear, the bulky hydrocarbon ring in the colored layer suppresses the movement of molecules in the colored layer, resulting in an increase in the strength of the coating and suppression of swelling by the solvent. It is estimated that.
Examples of such hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic hydrocarbon rings that may have a substituent, aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have a substituent, and combinations thereof. May have a substituent such as an alkyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a halogen atom.
The hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or a divalent or higher group.
 炭化水素環の具体例としては、シクロプロパン、シクロブタン、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、ノルボルナン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デカン(ジシクロペンタン)、アダマンタン等の脂肪族炭化水素環;ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセン、フェナントレン、フルオレン等の芳香族炭化水素環;ビフェニル、ターフェニル、ジフェニルメタン、トリフェニルメタン、スチルベン等の鎖状多環や、カルド構造(9,9-ジアリールフルオレン)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon ring include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane. Ring: aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, fluorene, etc .; chain polycycle such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, stilbene, cardo structure (9,9-diarylfluorene), etc. Is mentioned.
 炭化水素環として、脂肪族炭化水素環を含む場合には、着色層の耐熱性や密着性が向上すると共に、得られた着色層の輝度が向上する点から好ましい。
 また、前記カルド構造を含む場合には、着色層の硬化性が向上し、耐溶剤性(NMP膨潤抑制)が向上する点から特に好ましい。
When an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is included as the hydrocarbon ring, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer and improving the luminance of the obtained colored layer.
Moreover, when the said cardo structure is included, the sclerosis | hardenability of a colored layer improves and it is especially preferable from the point which improves solvent resistance (NMP swelling suppression).
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、2つ以上の環が2以上の原子を共有した構造を有する脂肪族炭化水素環である、架橋環式炭化水素環を有するのも好ましい。
 架橋環式炭化水素環の具体例としては、ノルボルナン、イソボルナン、アダマンタン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デカン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デセン、トリシクロペンテン、トリシクロペンタン、トリシクロペンタジエン、ジシクロペンタジエン;これらの基の一部が置換基によって置換された基が挙げられる。
 上記置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルキルシクロアルキル基、水酸基、カルボニル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably has a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, which is an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring having a structure in which two or more rings share two or more atoms.
Specific examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include norbornane, isobornane, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)]. Decene, tricyclopentene, tricyclopentane, tricyclopentadiene, dicyclopentadiene; groups in which a part of these groups are substituted with a substituent are mentioned.
Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkylcycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carbonyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen atom.
 架橋環式炭化水素環の炭素数は、他の材料との相溶性やアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の観点から、下限は5以上が好ましく、7以上が特に好ましい。上限は、12以下が好ましく、10以下が特に好ましい。 The lower limit of the number of carbon atoms in the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 5 or more, and particularly preferably 7 or more, from the viewpoint of compatibility with other materials and solubility in an alkali developer. The upper limit is preferably 12 or less, and particularly preferably 10 or less.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、下記一般式(III)で表されるマレイミド構造を有するのも好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin preferably has a maleimide structure represented by the following general formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
[一般式(III)において、Rは、置換されていてもよい炭化水素環である。]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
[In General Formula (III), R M represents an optionally substituted hydrocarbon ring. ]
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂が、一般式(III)で表されるマレイミド構造を有する場合、炭化水素環に窒素原子を有するため、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である塩基性分散剤との相溶性が非常によく、現像速度が速く、現像残渣の抑制効果が向上する。 When the alkali-soluble resin has a maleimide structure represented by the general formula (III), it has a nitrogen atom in the hydrocarbon ring, and therefore is a basic polymer that has a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). The compatibility with the dispersant is very good, the development speed is high, and the effect of suppressing development residue is improved.
 一般式(III)のRにおける、置換されていてもよい炭化水素環の具体例としては、前記炭化水素環の具体例と同様のものが挙げられる。
 例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロオクチル基等の脂肪族炭化水素環や、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基、エチルフェニル基、ジメチルフェニル基、ジエチルフェニル基、メトキシフェニル基、ベンジル基、ヒドロキシフェニル基、ナフチル基等の芳香族炭化水素環、これらの基の一部が置換基によって置換された基が挙げられる。
In R M of the general formula (III), specific examples of the optionally substituted hydrocarbon ring, those similar to the specific example of the hydrocarbon ring.
For example, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclooctyl group, phenyl group, methylphenyl group, ethylphenyl group, dimethylphenyl group, diethylphenyl group, methoxyphenyl group, benzyl group, hydroxyphenyl group, An aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as a naphthyl group, and a group in which a part of these groups is substituted with a substituent are exemplified.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂において、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位とは別に、上記炭化水素環を有する構成単位を有するアクリル系共重合体を用いることが、各構成単位量を調整しやすく、上記炭化水素環を有する構成単位量を増加して当該構成単位が有する機能を向上させやすい点から好ましい。
 カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、上記炭化水素環とを有するアクリル系共重合体は、前述の“共重合可能なその他のモノマー”として炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーを用いることにより調製することができる。
In the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention, it is easy to adjust the amount of each constituent unit by using an acrylic copolymer having a constituent unit having a hydrocarbon ring separately from the constituent unit having a carboxy group. This is preferable because the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring is increased to easily improve the function of the structural unit.
The acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and the hydrocarbon ring is prepared by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring as the above-mentioned “other monomer capable of copolymerization”. be able to.
 炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレンなどが挙げられ、現像後の着色層の断面形状が加熱処理においても維持される効果が大きい点から、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、及びスチレンから選択される少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。 Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring include cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and phenoxyethyl. (Meth) acrylate, styrene, etc. are mentioned. From the point that the cross-sectional shape of the colored layer after development has a large effect of being maintained in the heat treatment, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl ( It is preferable to use at least one selected from (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and styrene.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂はまた、側鎖にエチレン性二重結合を有することが好ましい。エチレン性二重結合を有する場合には、カラーフィルタ製造時における樹脂組成物の硬化工程において、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂同士、乃至、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂と多官能モノマー等が架橋結合を形成し得る。硬化膜の膜強度がより向上して現像耐性が向上し、また、硬化膜の熱収縮が抑制されて基板との密着性に優れるようになる。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂中に、エチレン性二重結合を導入する方法は、従来公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂が有するカルボキシル基に、分子内にエポキシ基とエチレン性二重結合とを併せ持つ化合物、例えばグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性二重結合を導入する方法や、水酸基を有する構成単位を共重合体に導入しておいて、分子内にイソシアネート基とエチレン性二重結合とを備えた化合物を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性二重結合を導入する方法などが挙げられる。
The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention preferably has an ethylenic double bond in the side chain. In the case of having an ethylenic double bond, the alkali-soluble resins, or the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer can form a cross-linked bond in the curing step of the resin composition at the time of producing the color filter. The film strength of the cured film is further improved and the development resistance is improved, and the thermal contraction of the cured film is suppressed and the adhesiveness with the substrate is excellent.
The method for introducing an ethylenic double bond into the alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example, a method of introducing an ethylenic double bond into a side chain by adding a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, to the carboxyl group of the alkali-soluble resin Or by introducing a structural unit having a hydroxyl group into a copolymer, adding a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic double bond in the molecule, and introducing an ethylenic double bond into the side chain. Etc.
 本発明のアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、更にメチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート等、エステル基を有する構成単位等の他の構成単位を含有していてもよい。エステル基を有する構成単位は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物のアルカリ可溶性を抑制する成分として機能するだけでなく、溶剤に対する溶解性、さらには溶剤再溶解性を向上させる成分としても機能する。 The alkali-soluble resin of the present invention may further contain other structural units such as a structural unit having an ester group such as methyl (meth) acrylate and ethyl (meth) acrylate. The structural unit having an ester group not only functions as a component that suppresses alkali solubility of the colored resin composition for a color filter, but also functions as a component that improves the solubility in a solvent and further the solvent resolubility.
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂であることが好ましく、カルボキシル基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位と、エチレン性二重結合を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂であることがより好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is preferably an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxyl group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, It is an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxyl group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, and a structural unit having an ethylenic double bond. Is more preferable.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、各構成単位の仕込み量を適宜調整することにより、所望の性能を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂とすることができる。 The alkali-soluble resin can be made into an alkali-soluble resin having desired performance by appropriately adjusting the charged amount of each structural unit.
 カルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量は、良好なパターンが得られる点から、モノマー全量に対して5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましい。一方、現像後のパターン表面の膜荒れ等を抑制する点から、カルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量は、モノマー全量に対して50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 カルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの割合が上記下限値以上であると得られる塗膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性が十分であり、また、カルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの割合が上記上限値以下であると、アルカリ現像液による現像時に、形成されたパターンの基板からの脱落やパターン表面の膜荒れが起こり難い傾向がある。
The charged amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably 5% by mass or more and more preferably 10% by mass or more with respect to the total amount of the monomer from the viewpoint of obtaining a good pattern. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing film roughness on the pattern surface after development, the amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is preferably 50% by mass or less, and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of monomers. More preferably.
When the proportion of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the coating film obtained has sufficient solubility in an alkaline developer, and the proportion of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is the upper limit. When it is below, there is a tendency that the formed pattern is not easily detached from the substrate and the pattern surface is not easily roughened during development with an alkali developer.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂としてより好ましく用いられる、エチレン性二重結合を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂において、エポキシ基とエチレン性二重結合とを併せ持つ化合物はカルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量に対して、10質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましく、15質量%以上90質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 In addition, in an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having an ethylenic double bond and a styrene-acrylic copolymer, which is more preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin, an epoxy group and an ethylenic double bond are used. The amount of the compound having a bond is preferably 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less with respect to the charged amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体の好ましい重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは1,000~50,000の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは3,000~20,000である。1,000未満では硬化後のバインダー機能が著しく低下する場合があり、50,000を超えるとアルカリ現像液による現像時に、パターン形成が困難となる場合がある。
 なお、カルボキシ基含有共重合体の上記重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ポリスチレンを標準物質とし、THFを溶離液としてショウデックスGPCシステム-21H(Shodex GPC System-21H)により測定することができる。
The preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. If it is less than 1,000, the binder function after curing may be remarkably lowered. If it exceeds 50,000, pattern formation may be difficult during development with an alkali developer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer can be measured by a Shodex GPC System-21H using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent.
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、特に限定されるものではないが、エポキシ化合物と不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸との反応物を酸無水物と反応させて得られるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物が適している。
 エポキシ化合物、不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸、及び酸無水物は、公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂は、それぞれ1種単独で使用してもよいし、二種以上を併用してもよい。
Although it does not specifically limit as an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin which has a carboxy group, Epoxy (meth) obtained by making the reaction product of an epoxy compound and unsaturated group containing monocarboxylic acid react with an acid anhydride. Acrylate compounds are suitable.
The epoxy compound, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and acid anhydride can be appropriately selected from known ones. The epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点から、酸価が50mgKOH/g以上のものを選択して用いることが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点、及び基板への密着性の点から、酸価が70mgKOH/g以上300mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、中でも、80mgKOH/g以上280mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましい。
 なお、本発明において酸価はJIS K 0070に従って測定することができる。
The alkali-soluble resin is preferably selected from those having an acid value of 50 mgKOH / g or more from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an alkaline aqueous solution used for the developer. The alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 70 mgKOH / g or more and 300 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an aqueous alkali solution used for the developer and adhesion to the substrate. It is preferable that it is 80 mgKOH / g or more and 280 mgKOH / g or less.
In the present invention, the acid value can be measured according to JIS K 0070.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する場合のエチレン性不飽和結合当量は、硬化膜の膜強度が向上して現像耐性が向上し、基板との密着性に優れるといった効果を得る点から、100~2000の範囲であることが好ましく、特に、140~1500の範囲であることが好ましい。該エチレン性不飽和結合当量が、2000以下であれば現像耐性や密着性に優れている。また、100以上であれば、前記カルボキシ基を有する構成単位や、炭化水素環を有する構成単位などの他の構成単位の割合を相対的に増やすことができるため、現像性や耐熱性に優れている。
 ここで、エチレン性不飽和結合当量とは、上記アルカリ可溶性樹脂におけるエチレン性不飽和結合1モル当りの重量平均分子量のことであり、下記数式(1)で表される。
The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent in the case where the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group improves the film strength of the cured film, improves the development resistance, and obtains the effect of excellent adhesion to the substrate. From the viewpoint, it is preferably in the range of 100 to 2000, and particularly preferably in the range of 140 to 1500. When the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesion are excellent. Moreover, since the ratio of other structural units, such as the structural unit which has the said carboxy group, and the structural unit which has a hydrocarbon ring, can be relatively increased if it is 100 or more, it is excellent in developability and heat resistance. Yes.
Here, the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is a weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
数式(1)
  エチレン性不飽和結合当量(g/mol)=W(g)/M(mol)
(数式(1)中、Wは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の質量(g)を表し、Mはアルカリ可溶性樹脂W(g)中に含まれるエチレン性二重結合のモル数(mol)を表す。)
Formula (1)
Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) = W (g) / M (mol)
(In Formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of the ethylenic double bond contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合当量は、例えば、JIS K 0070:1992に記載のよう素価の試験方法に準拠して、アルカリ可溶性樹脂1gあたりに含まれるエチレン性二重結合の数を測定することにより算出してもよい。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is determined, for example, by measuring the number of ethylenic double bonds contained in 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the test method for the iodine value described in JIS K 0070: 1992. It may be calculated.
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよく、その含有量としては特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対してアルカリ可溶性樹脂は好ましくは5質量%以上60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上40質量%以下の範囲内である。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、充分なアルカリ現像性が得られやすく、また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像時に膜荒れやパターンの欠けを抑制しやすい。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the colored resin composition for color filters may be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the content is not particularly limited, but for color filters. The alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin is not less than the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability can be easily obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is not more than the above upper limit, film roughness or lack of pattern can be caused during development. It is easy to suppress.
(多官能モノマー)
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられる多官能モノマーは、前記光開始剤によって重合可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、通常、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を2つ以上有する化合物が好適に用いられ、特にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を2つ以上有する、多官能(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。
 このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
(Polyfunctional monomer)
The polyfunctional monomer used in the colored resin composition for a color filter is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by the photoinitiator, and a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is usually used. A polyfunctional (meth) acrylate is preferably used, and particularly has two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups.
Such polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include those described in JP2013-029832A.
 これらの多官能(メタ)アクリレートは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物に優れた光硬化性(高感度)が要求される場合には、多官能モノマーが、重合可能な二重結合を3つ(三官能)以上有するものであるものが好ましく、3価以上の多価アルコールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート類やそれらのジカルボン酸変性物が好ましく、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。 These polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Moreover, when the photocurability (high sensitivity) is requested | required of the colored resin composition for color filters of this invention, a polyfunctional monomer has three (trifunctional) or more of the double bond which can superpose | polymerize. Preferred are poly (meth) acrylates of polyhydric alcohols having a valence of 3 or more and their dicarboxylic acid modified products. Specifically, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meta) ) Acrylate, modified succinic acid of pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate Dipentaeri modified from succinic acid Ritoruhekisa (meth) acrylate are preferable.
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられる上記多官能モノマーの含有量は、特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して多官能モノマーは好ましくは5質量%以上60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは10質量%以上40質量%以下の範囲内である。多官能モノマーの含有量が上記下限値以上であると十分に光硬化が進み、露光部分が現像時の溶出を抑制でき、また、多官能モノマーの含有量が上記上限値以下であるとアルカリ現像性が十分である。 Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in content of the said polyfunctional monomer used in the colored resin composition for color filters, Preferably a polyfunctional monomer is 5 mass% or more and 60 with respect to the solid content whole quantity of the colored resin composition for color filters. It is within the range of 10% by mass or less and more preferably 40% by mass or less. When the content of the polyfunctional monomer is not less than the above lower limit, photocuring proceeds sufficiently, and the exposed portion can suppress elution during development, and when the content of the polyfunctional monomer is not more than the above upper limit, alkali development Sex is enough.
(光開始剤)
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられる開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、従来知られている各種開始剤の中から、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
 開始剤としては、芳香族ケトン類、ベンゾインエーテル類、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、α-アミノケトン、ビイミダゾール類、N,N-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン、ハロメチル-S-トリアジン系化合物、チオキサントン等を挙げることができる。開始剤の具体例としては、ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビスジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4-メトキシ-4’-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン等の芳香族ケトン類、ベンゾインメチルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル類、エチルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-フェニルイミダゾール2量体等のビイミダゾール類、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(p-メトキシスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール等のハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物、2-(4-ブトキシ-ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス-トリクロロメチル-S-トリアジン等のハロメチル-S-トリアジン系化合物、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン、2-メチル-1-〔4-(メチルチオ)フェニル〕-2-モルフォリノプロパノン、1,2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1,1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、ベンジル、ベンゾイル安息香酸、ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、ベンジルメチルケタール、ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、2-n-ブトキシエチル-4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、4-ベンゾイル-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニルケトン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、α-ジメトキシ-α-フェニルアセトフェノン、フェニルビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フォスフィンオキサイド、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-(4-モルフォリニル)-1-プロパノンなどが挙げられる。
 中でも、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、ジエチルチオキサントンが好ましく用いられる。更に2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オンのようなα-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とジエチルチオキサントンのようなチオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましい。
 α-アミノアセトフェノン系開始剤とチオキサントン系開始剤を用いる場合のこれらの合計含有量は、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、5質量%以上15質量%以下が好ましい。開始剤量が15質量%以下だと製造プロセス中の昇華物が低減するため好ましい。開始剤量が5質量%以上であると水染み等、現像耐性が向上する。
(Photoinitiator)
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as an initiator used in the colored resin composition for color filters of this invention, From the conventionally known various initiators, it can be used 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
Initiators include aromatic ketones, benzoin ethers, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds, α-amino ketones, biimidazoles, N, N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds, thioxanthone, etc. Can do. Specific examples of the initiator include aromatic ketones such as benzophenone, 4,4′-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone and 4-methoxy-4′-dimethylaminobenzophenone, benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether, and benzoin such as ethylbenzoin. , Biimidazoles such as 2- (o-chlorophenyl) -4,5-phenylimidazole dimer, halo such as 2-trichloromethyl-5- (p-methoxystyryl) -1,3,4-oxadiazole Methyloxadiazole compounds, halomethyl-S-triazine compounds such as 2- (4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl) -4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S-triazine, 2,2-dimethoxy-1, 2-diphenylethane-1-one, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2 Morpholinopropanone, 1,2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, benzyl, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4 -Benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, benzylmethyl ketal, dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-n-butoxyethyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 4-benzoyl-methyldiphenyl sulfide, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl ketone, 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- 4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone, 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] -1-butanone, α-dimethoxy-α-phenylacetophenone, phenylbis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phosphine oxide, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2- (4-morpholinyl) -1- For example, propanone.
Among them, 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1- Butanone, 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, and diethylthioxanthone are preferably used. Furthermore, a sensitivity is obtained by combining an α-aminoacetophenone initiator such as 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropan-1-one with a thioxanthone initiator such as diethylthioxanthone. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing adjustment and water stain and improving development resistance.
The total content of α-aminoacetophenone initiator and thioxanthone initiator is preferably 5% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition. When the amount of the initiator is 15% by mass or less, sublimates during the production process are reduced, which is preferable. When the amount of the initiator is 5% by mass or more, development resistance such as water stain is improved.
 本発明において、開始剤は、感度を向上させる観点から、中でも、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を含むことが好ましい。オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることにより、細線パターンを形成する際に、面内の線幅のばらつきが抑制され易い。更に、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることにより、現像耐性が向上し、水染み発生抑制効果が高くなる傾向がある。なお、水染みとは、アルカリ現像性を高くする成分を用いると、アルカリ現像後、純水でリンスした後に、水が染みたような跡が発生することをいう。このような水染みは、ポストベーク後に消えるので製品としては問題がないが、現像後にパターニング面の外観検査において、ムラ異常として検出されてしまい、正常品と異常品の区別がつかないという問題が生じる。そのため、外観検査において検査装置の検査感度を下げると、結果として最終的なカラーフィルタ製品の歩留まり低下を引き起こし、問題となる。
 当該オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、分解物によるカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の汚染や装置の汚染を低減する点から、中でも、芳香環を有するものが好ましく、芳香環を含む縮合環を有するものがより好ましく、ベンゼン環とヘテロ環を含む縮合環を有することがさらに好ましい。
 オキシムエステル系光開始剤としては、1,2-オクタジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-、2-(o-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特表2010-527339、特表2010-527338、特開2013-041153等に記載のオキシムエステル系光開始剤の中から適宜選択できる。市販品として、カルバゾール骨格を有するイルガキュアOXE-02(BASF製)、アデカアークルズNCI-831(ADEKA社製)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料社製)、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するアデカアークルズNCI-930(ADEKA社製)、TR-PBG-345、TR-PBG-3057(以上、常州強力電子新材料社製)イルガキュアOXE-01(BASF製)、フルオレン骨格を有するTR-PBG-365(常州強力電子新材料社製)などを用いても良い。特にジフェニルスルフィド骨格又はフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが輝度の点から好ましい。またカルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが感度の高い点から好ましい。
 またオキシムエステル系光開始剤を2種類以上併用することは、輝度、現像耐性が向上しやすく、水染み発生抑制効果が高い点で好ましい。特にジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤2種類の併用又は、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤とフルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を併用することは輝度が高く、耐熱性が高い点から好ましい。また、カルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤と、フルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤又はジフェニルスルフィドを有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を併用することは感度、水染み発生抑制効果に優れる点で好ましい。
In the present invention, the initiator preferably contains an oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. By using an oxime ester photoinitiator, in-plane line width variations are easily suppressed when forming a fine line pattern. Furthermore, by using an oxime ester photoinitiator, the development resistance is improved, and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain tends to be increased. In addition, water stain means that, when a component that enhances alkali developability is used, a trace of water stain is generated after rinsing with pure water after alkali development. Such a water stain disappears after post-baking, so there is no problem as a product. Arise. Therefore, if the inspection sensitivity of the inspection apparatus is lowered in the appearance inspection, the yield of the final color filter product is lowered as a result, which becomes a problem.
As the oxime ester-based photoinitiator, those having an aromatic ring are preferable from the viewpoint of reducing contamination of the colored resin composition for color filters and degradation of the apparatus due to decomposition products, and having condensed rings including aromatic rings. More preferred are those having a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a heterocycle.
Examples of oxime ester photoinitiators include 1,2-octadion-1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methyl) Benzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime), JP 2000-80068 A, JP 2001-233842 A, Special Table 2010-527339, Special Table 2010-527338, It can be appropriately selected from oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP2013-041153A. As commercially available products, Irgacure OXE-02 having a carbazole skeleton (manufactured by BASF), Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics Co., Ltd.), ADEKA having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton ARKULS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA), TR-PBG-345, TR-PBG-3057 (manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials), Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG- having a fluorene skeleton 365 (manufactured by Changzhou Power Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.) or the like may be used. In particular, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton or a fluorene skeleton from the viewpoint of luminance. It is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton from the viewpoint of high sensitivity.
Further, it is preferable to use two or more kinds of oxime ester photoinitiators in terms of easily improving luminance and development resistance and having a high effect of suppressing water stain generation. In particular, the combined use of two types of oxime ester photoinitiators having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton, or the combined use of an oxime ester photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton is high in luminance and heat resistance. It is preferable from the point of high property. In addition, the combined use of an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton and an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton or an oxime ester-based photoinitiator having a diphenyl sulfide is excellent in sensitivity and water stain generation suppression effect. Is preferable.
 また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤を組み合わせて用いることが、水染みを抑制し、また、感度向上の点から、好ましい。3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤は、分子内に酸素クエンチャーである3級アミン構造を有するため、開始剤から発生したラジカルが酸素により失活し難く、感度を向上させることができるからである。上記3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えばイルガキュア907、BASF社製)、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン(例えばイルガキュア369、BASF社製)、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン(例えば、ハイキュアABP、川口薬品製)などが挙げられる。
 また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤に、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが感度調整、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましく、オキシムエステル系光開始剤を2種類以上と、チオキサントン系開始剤を組み合わせることが輝度、現像耐性が向上し、感度調整をしやすく、水染み発生抑制効果が高く、現像耐性が向上する点で好ましい。
In addition, it is preferable to use a photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure in combination with an oxime ester photoinitiator from the viewpoint of suppressing water stain and improving sensitivity. Since the photoinitiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure that is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are hardly deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. is there. Examples of commercially available photoinitiators having the tertiary amine structure include 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (for example, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone (eg Hycure ABP, Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical).
In addition, combining an oxime ester photoinitiator with a thioxanthone initiator is preferable from the viewpoint of adjusting sensitivity, suppressing water stain, and improving development resistance. Two or more oxime ester photoinitiators and a thioxanthone photoinitiator are preferable. A combination of initiators is preferable in that brightness and development resistance are improved, sensitivity adjustment is easy, water stain generation suppression effect is high, and development resistance is improved.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光開始剤の含有量は、上記多官能モノマー100質量部に対して、通常0.01質量部以上100質量部以下程度、好ましくは5質量部以上60質量部以下である。この含有量が上記下限値以上であると十分に光硬化が進み露光部分が現像時に溶出することを抑制し、一方上記上限値以下であると得られる着色層の黄変性が弱くなって輝度が低下することを抑制できる。
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光開始剤として、オキシムエステル系光開始剤2種以上の合計含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、0.1質量%以上12.0質量%以下、さらに好ましくは1.0質量%以上8.0質量%以下の範囲内であることが、これらの光開始剤の併用効果を十分に発揮させる点から好ましい。
The content of the photoinitiator used in the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is usually about 0.01 parts by mass or more and 100 parts by mass or less, preferably 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyfunctional monomer. The amount is 60 parts by mass or less. If this content is not less than the above lower limit, the photocuring is sufficiently advanced and the exposed portion is prevented from being eluted during development, while if it is not more than the above upper limit, the yellowing of the resulting colored layer is weakened and the luminance is reduced. It can suppress that it falls.
Moreover, as a photoinitiator used in the colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention, the total content of two or more oxime ester photoinitiators is based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. 0.1% by mass or more and 12.0% by mass or less, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more and 8.0% by mass or less in the range of sufficiently exhibiting the combined effect of these photoinitiators. To preferred.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられるバインダー成分は、これらの合計含有量が、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して35質量%以上97質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以上96質量%以下の割合で配合するのがより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、硬度や、基板との密着性に優れた着色層を得ることができる。また上記上限値以下であれば、現像性に優れ、熱収縮による微小なシワの発生も抑制される。 The binder component used in the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention preferably has a total content of 35% by mass to 97% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for a color filter. It is more preferable to blend in a proportion of not less than mass% and not more than 96 mass%. If it is more than the said lower limit, the colored layer excellent in hardness and the adhesiveness with a board | substrate can be obtained. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, it is excellent in developability and generation | occurrence | production of the fine wrinkles by heat shrink is also suppressed.
<任意添加成分>
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。
 添加剤としては、例えば、酸化防止剤の他、メルカプト化合物、重合停止剤、連鎖移動剤、レベリング剤、可塑剤、界面活性剤、消泡剤、シランカップリング剤、紫外線吸収剤、密着促進剤等などが挙げられる。
<Optional components>
The colored resin composition for a color filter may contain various additives as necessary.
Examples of additives include, in addition to antioxidants, mercapto compounds, polymerization terminators, chain transfer agents, leveling agents, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, ultraviolet absorbers, adhesion promoters. Etc.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、更に酸化防止剤を含有することが、耐熱性が向上し、色材の退色が抑制され、輝度が向上する点から好ましい。また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、更に酸化防止剤を含有することが、SiN基板の密着性が向上する点からも好ましい。
 酸化防止剤は従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジン系酸化防止剤等が挙げられ、耐熱性の点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いることが好ましい。
It is preferable that the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains an antioxidant because heat resistance is improved, fading of the coloring material is suppressed, and luminance is improved. Moreover, it is preferable that the colored resin composition for color filters of the present invention further contains an antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion of the SiN substrate.
The antioxidant may be appropriately selected from conventionally known antioxidants. Specific examples of antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, hydrazine antioxidants, and the like. From the viewpoint, it is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant.
 ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤とは、少なくとも1つのフェノール構造を含有し、当該フェノール構造の水酸基の2位と6位の少なくとも1つに炭素原子数4以上の置換基が置換されている構造を有する酸化防止剤を意味する。
 ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン(BHT)、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:イルガノックス1010、BASF製)、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)イソシアヌレート(商品名:イルガノックス3114、BASF製)、2,4,6-トリス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルベンジル)メシチレン(商品名:イルガノックス1330、BASF製)、6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルアニリノ)-2,4-ビス(オクチルチオ)-1,3,5-トリアジン(商品名:イルガノックス565、BASF製)、2,2’-チオジエチルビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:イルガノックス1035、BASF製)、1,2-ビス[3-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)プロピオニル]ヒドラジン(商品名:イルガノックスMD1024、BASF製)、3-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジイソプロピルフェニル)プロピオン酸オクチル(商品名:イルガノックス1135、BASF製)、4,6-ビス(オクチルチオメチル)-o-クレゾール(商品名:イルガノックス1520L、BASF製)、N,N’-ヘキサメチレンビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパンアミド](商品名:イルガノックス1098、BASF製)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールビス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:イルガノックス259、BASF製)、1-ジメチル-2-[(3-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]エチル]2,4,8,10-テトラオキサスピロ[5.5]ウンデカン(商品名:ADK STAB AO-80、アデカ製)、ビス(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルベンゼンプロピオン酸)エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)(商品名:イルガノックス245、BASF製)、1,3,5-トリス[[4-(1,1-ジメチルエチル)-3-ヒドロキシ-2,6-ジメチルフェニル]メチル]-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン(商品名:イルガノックス1790、BASF製)、2,2’-メチレンビス(6-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:スミライザーMDP-S、住友化学製)、6,6’-チオビス(2-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:イルガノックス1081、BASF製)、3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジルホスホン酸ジエチル(商品名:イルガモド195、BASF製)、アクリル酸2-tert-ブチル-4-メチル-6-(2-ヒドロキシ-3-tert-ブチル-5-メチルベンジル)フェニル(商品名:スミライザーGM、住友化学製)、4,4’-チオビス(6-tert-ブチル-m-クレゾール) (商品名:スミライザーWX-R、住友化学製)、6,6'-ジ-tert-ブチル-4,4'-ブチリデンジ-m-クレゾール(商品名:アデカスタブ AO-40、ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。その他ヒンダードフェノール構造を有するオリゴマータイプ及びポリマータイプの化合物等も使用することが出来る。
 中でも、耐熱性及び耐光性の点から、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)が好ましい。
 また、分子量が1000以下で且つフェノール性水酸基1個あたりの分子量が280当量以下、さらには分子量が500以下で且つフェノール性水酸基1個あたりの分子量が200当量以下であるヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤は、位相差値が低減されながら、輝度及びコントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能な点から好ましい。このような酸化防止剤は、流動性が高く、重量当たりの活性点も多いので、ラジカルトラップにより露光時及びポストベーク時での急激な硬化収縮による色材凝集を抑制することや、樹脂等の黄変を抑制することに起因して上記効果が得られやすいと推定される。このような酸化防止剤としては例えば、6,6'-ジ-tert-ブチル-4,4'-ブチリデンジ-m-クレゾール(商品名:アデカスタブ AO-40、ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
The hindered phenol antioxidant contains at least one phenol structure, and has a structure in which a substituent having 4 or more carbon atoms is substituted on at least one of the 2-position and 6-position of the hydroxyl group of the phenol structure. Means an antioxidant.
Specific examples of the hindered phenol antioxidant include, for example, dibutylhydroxytoluene (BHT), pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: Irganox 1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6 Tris (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl) mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylanilino) -2 , 4-Bis (octylthio) -1,3,5-triazine (trade name: Irganox 565) BASF), 2,2′-thiodiethylbis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: Irganox 1035, manufactured by BASF), 1,2-bis [3- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl) propionyl] hydrazine (trade name: Irganox MD1024, manufactured by BASF), 3- (4-hydroxy-3,5-diisopropylphenyl) propionic acid Octyl (trade name: Irganox 1135, manufactured by BASF), 4,6-bis (octylthiomethyl) -o-cresol (trade name: Irganox 1520L, manufactured by BASF), N, N′-hexamethylenebis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propanamide] (trade name: Irganox) 1098, manufactured by BASF), 1,6-hexanediol bis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: Irganox 259, manufactured by BASF), 1-dimethyl- 2-[(3-tert-Butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propionyloxy] ethyl] 2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5.5] undecane (trade name: ADK STAB AO-80 , Manufactured by Adeka), bis (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzenepropionic acid) ethylene bis (oxyethylene) (trade name: Irganox 245, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris [ [4- (1,1-dimethylethyl) -3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylphenyl] methyl] -1,3,5-triazine- , 4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione (trade name: Irganox 1790, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis (6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilyzer MDP- S, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 6,6′-thiobis (2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy Diethyl benzylphosphonate (trade name: Irgamod 195, manufactured by BASF), 2-tert-butyl-4-methyl-6- (2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-methylbenzyl) phenyl acrylate (trade name: Sumilizer GM, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., 4,4'-thiobis (6-tert-butyl-m-cresol) (trade name: Sumilizer WX R, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 6,6'-di -tert- butyl-4,4'-Buchiridenji -m- cresol (trade name: ADK STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA), and the like. In addition, oligomer-type and polymer-type compounds having a hindered phenol structure can also be used.
Among them, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. .
In addition, a hindered phenol antioxidant having a molecular weight of 1000 or less and a molecular weight per phenolic hydroxyl group of 280 equivalents or less, and further a molecular weight of 500 or less and a molecular weight per phenolic hydroxyl group of 200 equivalents or less. Is preferable because a colored layer with improved brightness and contrast can be formed while the retardation value is reduced. Such an antioxidant has high fluidity and many active points per weight, so that radical trapping suppresses color material aggregation due to rapid curing shrinkage during exposure and post-baking, It is presumed that the above effect is easily obtained due to suppression of yellowing. Examples of such an antioxidant include 6,6′-di-tert-butyl-4,4′-butylidene di-m-cresol (trade name: ADK STAB AO-40, manufactured by ADEKA).
 また、本発明においては、酸化防止剤として、潜在性酸化防止剤を用いることが、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能な点から好ましい。潜在性酸化防止剤を用いると、特にポストベーク時にラジカルトラップ効果が高くなるので、ポストベーク時での急激な硬化収縮による色材凝集を抑制することに起因して上記効果が得られやすいと推定される。本発明において潜在性酸化防止剤とは、加熱により脱離可能な保護基を有する化合物であって、当該保護基が脱離することにより、酸化防止機能を発現する化合物である。中でも150℃以上で加熱することにより、保護基が脱離しやすくなるものが好ましい。例えば、国際公開第2014/021023号に記載されているような潜在性酸化防止剤が挙げられる。
 本発明において好適に用いられる潜在性酸化防止剤としては、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤のフェノール性水酸基を加熱により脱離可能な保護基で保護した潜在性ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤が挙げられる。潜在性ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤としては、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤のフェノール性水酸基と、酸無水物、酸塩化物、Boc化試薬、アルキルハライド化合物、シリルクロライド化合物、又はアリルエーテル化合物等との反応物が挙げられる。潜在性ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤としては、中でも、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤のフェノール基の水素をt-ブトキシカルボニル基のようなカルバメート系保護基で置換した構造が好適に用いられ、具体例としては、下記化学式(a)~(c)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
In the present invention, it is preferable to use a latent antioxidant as the antioxidant because a colored layer with improved contrast can be formed while the retardation value is reduced. The use of a latent antioxidant increases the radical trapping effect, especially during post-baking, so it is estimated that the above effect is likely to be obtained due to the suppression of color material aggregation due to rapid curing shrinkage during post-baking. Is done. In the present invention, the latent antioxidant is a compound having a protecting group that can be removed by heating, and exhibiting an antioxidant function when the protecting group is eliminated. Among them, those which are easy to remove the protecting group by heating at 150 ° C. or higher are preferable. For example, the latent antioxidant as described in international publication 2014/021023 is mentioned.
Examples of the latent antioxidant suitably used in the present invention include latent hindered phenol antioxidants in which the phenolic hydroxyl group of the hindered phenol antioxidant is protected with a protecting group that can be removed by heating. . As latent hindered phenolic antioxidants, phenolic hydroxyl groups of hindered phenolic antioxidants, acid anhydrides, acid chlorides, Boc reagents, alkyl halide compounds, silyl chloride compounds, allyl ether compounds, etc. And the reaction product. As the latent hindered phenol antioxidant, a structure in which the hydrogen of the phenol group of the hindered phenol antioxidant is substituted with a carbamate protecting group such as a t-butoxycarbonyl group is preferably used. Examples include, but are not limited to, the following chemical formulas (a) to (c).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 前記潜在性酸化防止剤の製造方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、特開昭57-111375、特開平3-173843、特開平6-128195、特開平7-206771、特開平7-252191、特表2004-501128の各公報に記載された方法により製造されたフェノール系化合物と、酸無水物、酸塩化物、Boc化試薬、アルキルハライド化合物、シリルクロライド化合物、アリルエーテル化合物等を反応させて得ることができる。また、市販品を用いてもよい。 The method for producing the latent antioxidant is not particularly limited. For example, JP-A-57-111375, JP-A-3-173843, JP-A-6-128195, JP-A-7-207771, JP-A-7-252191, Special Tables. Obtained by reacting a phenolic compound produced by the method described in each publication of 2004-501128 with an acid anhydride, acid chloride, Boc reagent, alkyl halide compound, silyl chloride compound, allyl ether compound, etc. Can do. Moreover, you may use a commercial item.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、着色樹脂組成物として、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と、酸化防止剤とを組み合わせて含有すると、相乗効果で輝度が向上する点から好ましい。 The colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is preferably used as a colored resin composition in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator and an antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving luminance by a synergistic effect.
 酸化防止剤の含有量としては、着色樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、酸化防止剤が0.05質量部以上10.00質量部以下であることが好ましく、0.10質量部以上5.00質量部以下であることがより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、耐熱性及び耐光性に優れている。一方、上記上限値以下であれば、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を高感度の感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。 As content of antioxidant, it is preferable that antioxidant is 0.05 mass part or more and 10.00 mass part or less with respect to 100 mass parts of total solids in a colored resin composition, 0.10 More preferably, it is at least part by mass and no more than 5.00 parts by mass. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is below the said upper limit, the colored resin composition of this invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
 酸化防止剤を前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と組み合わせて用いる場合、酸化防止剤の含有量としては、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤の合計量100質量部に対して、酸化防止剤が1質量部以上250質量部以下であることが好ましく、3質量部以上80質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上45質量部以下であることがより更に好ましい。上記範囲内であれば、上記組み合わせの効果に優れている。 When the antioxidant is used in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator, the content of the antioxidant is 1 part by mass of the antioxidant with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester photoinitiator. It is preferably 250 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less. If it is in the said range, it is excellent in the effect of the said combination.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、更にメルカプト化合物を含有することが、水染み発生抑制効果が向上する点から好ましい。
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、感光性着色樹脂組成物として、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と、メルカプト化合物とを組み合わせて含有すると、現像耐性が向上する点、水染み発生抑制効果が更に向上する点、及び、細線パターンを形成する際に、直線性がより向上したり、マスク線幅の設計通りに細線パターンを形成する能力が向上する点から好ましい。なお、「直線性が向上する」とは、着色組成物を塗布した後の現像工程において形成される着色層の端部の凹凸が少なく、直線状または略直線状に形成されることをいう。
It is preferable that the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains a mercapto compound from the viewpoint of improving the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain.
In addition, the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention contains a combination of the oxime ester photoinitiator and a mercapto compound as a photosensitive colored resin composition, which improves development resistance and generates water stains. This is preferable because the suppression effect is further improved, and when forming a fine line pattern, the linearity is further improved, and the ability to form a fine line pattern as designed for the mask line width is improved. “Improved linearity” means that the end of the colored layer formed in the development step after applying the colored composition has few irregularities and is linear or substantially linear.
 メルカプト化合物は、連鎖移動剤として機能し得るものであり、反応の遅いラジカルからラジカルを受け取って反応を早め、硬化性を向上するという性質を有する。
 メルカプト化合物としては、例えば、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾイミダゾール、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸メチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸エチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸オクチル、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、およびテトラエチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)等が挙げられる。
 メルカプト化合物としては、単独で又は2種以上組み合わせて用いても良く、中でも、メルカプト基を1分子中に2個以上有する多官能メルカプト化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上を用いることが、架橋密度が高くなり、水染み抑制効果が向上する点から好ましい。
 また、長期保存した場合にも、良好な水染み抑制効果が維持され易い点から、メルカプト基が結合する炭素原子が第2級炭素原子である2級メルカプト基を有する2級メルカプト化合物が好ましく、更に当該2級メルカプト基を1分子中に2個以上有する多官能2級メルカプト化合物であることがより好ましい。
The mercapto compound can function as a chain transfer agent, and has the property of receiving radicals from slowly reacting radicals to accelerate the reaction and improve curability.
Examples of mercapto compounds include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, and 3-mercaptopropionic acid. Methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate, 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutyryloxy) butane, 1,3,5-tris (3-mercaptobutyloxy Ethyl) -1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6 (1H, 3H, 5H) -trione, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), Pentaeri Lithol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), dipentaerythritol hexakis (3-mercaptopropionate), and tetraethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptopropionate) and the like.
As the mercapto compound, one or a combination of two or more may be used. Among them, one or more selected from the group consisting of polyfunctional mercapto compounds having two or more mercapto groups in one molecule may be used. It is preferable from the viewpoint that the crosslink density is increased and the effect of suppressing water stain is improved.
In addition, a secondary mercapto compound having a secondary mercapto group in which the carbon atom to which the mercapto group is bonded is a secondary carbon atom is preferable from the viewpoint that even when stored for a long period of time, a good water stain suppression effect is easily maintained. Further, a polyfunctional secondary mercapto compound having two or more secondary mercapto groups in one molecule is more preferable.
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられるメルカプト化合物の含有量は、特に制限はないが、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、メルカプト化合物は、0.2質量%以上7質量%以下、さらに0.5質量%以上5質量%以下の範囲内であることが、前記効果を十分に発揮させる点から好ましい。 The content of the mercapto compound used in the colored resin composition for color filter is not particularly limited, but the mercapto compound is 0.2% by mass or more and 7% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filter. % Or less, and more preferably in the range of 0.5% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the above effects.
 また、本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、更に紫外線吸収剤を含有することが、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能な点から好ましい。これらの特性を向上する効果は、露光工程での急激な硬化収縮による色材凝集を抑制することに起因すると推定される。紫外線吸収剤は従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては、例えば、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、トリアジン系化合物等が挙げられる。中でも、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能な点から、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物を用いることが好ましい。 Further, it is preferable that the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention further contains an ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint that a colored layer with improved contrast can be formed while the retardation value is reduced. The effect of improving these characteristics is presumed to be due to suppression of color material aggregation due to rapid curing shrinkage in the exposure process. What is necessary is just to select an ultraviolet absorber suitably from a conventionally well-known thing. Specific examples of the ultraviolet absorber include benzotriazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, triazine compounds, and the like. Among them, it is preferable to use a benzotriazole-based compound from the viewpoint that a colored layer with improved contrast can be formed while the retardation value is reduced.
 ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物としては、例えば、2-(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-t-ブチルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、オクチル-3[3-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネートと2-エチルヘキシル-3-[3-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネートの混合物、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-アミル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2'-ヒドロキシ-5'-t-オクチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、5%の2-メトキシ-1-メチルエチルアセテートと95%のベンゼンプロパン酸,3-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-(1,1-ジメチルエチル)-4-ヒドロキシ,C7-9側鎖及び直鎖アルキルエステルの化合物、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4,6-ビス(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)フェノール、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
 市販品としては、例えば、BASF製の「TINUVIN P」、「TINUVIN  PS」、「TINUVIN 109」、「TINUVIN 234」、「TINUVIN 326」、「TINUVIN 328」、「TINUVIN 329」、「TINUVIN 384-2」、「TINUVIN 900」、「TINUVIN 928」、「TINUVIN 99-2」、「TINUVIN 1130」等が挙げられる。
Examples of the benzotriazole compounds include 2- (5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl) -2H-benzotriazole, octyl-3 [3- t-Butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3- [3-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5- Chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate, 2- [2-hydroxy-3,5-bis (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, 2- (3- t-butyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (3,5-di-t-amyl-2- Droxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-t-octylphenyl) benzotriazole, 5% 2-methoxy-1-methylethyl acetate and 95% benzenepropanoic acid, 3- (2H -Benzotriazol-2-yl)-(1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-hydroxy, C7-9 side chain and linear alkyl ester compounds, 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -4, 6-bis (1-methyl-1-phenylethyl) phenol, 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6- (1-methyl-1-phenylethyl) -4- (1,1,3 3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol and the like, but are not limited thereto.
Examples of commercially available products include “TINUVIN P”, “TINUVIN PS”, “TINUVIN 109”, “TINUVIN 234”, “TINUVIN 326”, “TINUVIN 328”, “TINUVIN 329”, and “TINUVIN 384-2” manufactured by BASF. ”,“ TINUVIN 900 ”,“ TINUVIN 928 ”,“ TINUVIN 99-2 ”,“ TINUVIN 1130 ”, and the like.
 ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物としては、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストが向上した着色層を形成可能な点から、下記一般式(IV)で表されるベンゾトリアゾール系化合物が好ましい。 As the benzotriazole-based compound, a benzotriazole-based compound represented by the following general formula (IV) is preferable because a colored layer with improved contrast can be formed while the retardation value is reduced.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(一般式(IV)中、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はフェニル基で置換されていても良い炭素数1~20のアルキル基、Xは、水素原子又は塩素原子を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(In the general formula (IV), R 11 and R 12 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a hydrogen atom or a phenyl group, and X represents a hydrogen atom or a chlorine atom. .)
 一般式(IV)において、中でも、R12は、メチル基、t-ブチル基、t-アミル基、t-オクチル基、又はα,α-ジメチルベンジル基であることが好ましく、R11は、水素原子、t-ブチル基、t-アミル基、又はα,α-ジメチルベンジル基であることが好ましい。 In general formula (IV), among them, R 12 is preferably a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a t-amyl group, a t-octyl group, or an α, α-dimethylbenzyl group, and R 11 is a hydrogen atom An atom, a t-butyl group, a t-amyl group, or an α, α-dimethylbenzyl group is preferable.
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物において用いられる紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、特に制限はないが、着色樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、紫外線吸収剤が0.05質量部以上10.00質量部以下であることが好ましく、0.10質量部以上5.00質量部以下であることがより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、耐熱性及び耐光性に優れている。一方、上記上限値以下であれば、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を高感度の感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。 Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in content of the ultraviolet absorber used in the colored resin composition for color filters, an ultraviolet absorber is 0.05 mass part or more with respect to 100 mass parts of total solids in a colored resin composition. It is preferably 10.00 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 0.10 parts by mass or more and 5.00 parts by mass or less. If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, if it is below the said upper limit, the colored resin composition of this invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、着色樹脂組成物として、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤とを組み合わせて含有すると、相乗効果で輝度が向上する点から好ましい。 The colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is preferably used as a colored resin composition in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator and an ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint of improving luminance by a synergistic effect.
 紫外線吸収剤を前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤と組み合わせて用いる場合、紫外線吸収剤の含有量としては、前記オキシムエステル系光開始剤の合計量100質量部に対して、紫外線吸収剤が1質量部以上250質量部以下であることが好ましく、3質量部以上80質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上45質量部以下であることがより更に好ましい。上記範囲内であれば、上記組み合わせの効果に優れている。 When the ultraviolet absorber is used in combination with the oxime ester photoinitiator, the content of the ultraviolet absorber is 1 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the oxime ester photoinitiator. The amount is preferably 250 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less. If it is in the said range, it is excellent in the effect of the said combination.
 また、界面活性剤及び可塑剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the surfactant and the plasticizer include those described in JP 2013-029832 A, for example.
 またシランカップリング剤としては、例えばKBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBM573、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-303、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-9007、X-12-967C(信越シリコーン社製)などが挙げられる。中でもSiN基板の密着性の点からメタクリル基、アクリル基を有するKBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103が好ましい Examples of silane coupling agents include KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBM573, KBM-403, KBE-402, KBE-403. KBM-303, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-9007, X-12-967C (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone), and the like. Of these, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, and KBM-5103 having a methacrylic group and an acrylic group are preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion of the SiN substrate.
 シランカップリング剤の含有量としては、着色樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、シランカップリング剤が0.05質量部以上10.0質量部以下であることが好ましく、0.1質量部以上5.0質量部以下であることがより好ましい。上記下限値以上、上記上限値以下であれば、SiNの密着性に優れている。 The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more and 10.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the colored resin composition. More preferably, it is 1 part by mass or more and 5.0 parts by mass or less. If it is more than the said lower limit and below the said upper limit, it is excellent in the adhesiveness of SiN.
<カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物における各成分の配合割合>
 色材の合計の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、3質量%以上65質量%以下、より好ましくは4質量%以上60質量%以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を所定の膜厚(通常は1.0μm以上5.0μm以下)に塗布した際の着色層が充分な色濃度を有する。また、上記上限値以下であれば、保存安定性に優れると共に、充分な硬度や、基板との密着性を有する着色層を得ることができる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、色材の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、15質量%以上65質量%以下、より好ましくは25質量%以上60質量%以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 また、分散剤の含有量としては、色材を均一に分散することができるものであれば特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して1質量%以上40質量%以下用いることができる。更に、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して2質量%以上30質量%以下の割合で配合するのが好ましく、特に3質量%以上25質量%以下の割合で配合するのが好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像性が良好なものとなる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、分散剤の含有量は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、2質量%以上25質量%以下、より好ましくは3質量%以上20質量%以下の割合で配合することが好ましい。
 また、溶剤の含有量は、着色層を精度良く形成することができる範囲で適宜設定すればよい。該溶剤を含むカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の全量に対して、通常、55質量%以上95質量%以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、中でも、65質量%以上88質量%以下の範囲内であることがより好ましい。上記溶剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であることにより、塗布性に優れたものとすることができる。
<Combination ratio of each component in the colored resin composition for color filter>
The total content of the color material is 3% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less, more preferably 4% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. Is preferred. If it is more than the said lower limit, the colored layer at the time of apply | coating the colored resin composition for color filters to predetermined | prescribed film thickness (usually 1.0 micrometer or more and 5.0 micrometers or less) has sufficient color density. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the colored layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board | substrate can be obtained. In the case of forming a colored layer having a particularly high color material concentration, the content of the color material is 15% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less, more preferably 25% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the color resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix | blend in the ratio of the mass% or more and 60 mass% or less.
Further, the content of the dispersant is not particularly limited as long as it can uniformly disperse the coloring material. For example, the content of the dispersant is 1 with respect to the total solid content of the colored resin composition for a color filter. It can be used in the range of mass% to 40 mass%. Furthermore, it is preferable to mix | blend in the ratio of 2 mass% or more and 30 mass% or less with respect to solid content whole quantity of the colored resin composition for color filters, and it is preferable to mix | blend especially in the ratio of 3 mass% or more and 25 mass% or less. . If it is more than the said lower limit, it is excellent in the dispersibility and dispersion stability of a color material, and is excellent in the storage stability of the colored resin composition for color filters. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable. When a colored layer having a particularly high colorant concentration is formed, the content of the dispersing agent is 2% by mass or more and 25% by mass or less, more preferably 3%, based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition for color filters. It is preferable to mix in a proportion of not less than 20% by mass and not more than 20% by mass.
Moreover, what is necessary is just to set content of a solvent suitably in the range which can form a colored layer accurately. Usually, it is preferably in the range of 55% by mass to 95% by mass with respect to the total amount of the colored resin composition for a color filter containing the solvent, and in particular, in the range of 65% by mass to 88% by mass. More preferably. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, the coating property can be excellent.
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物においては、P/V比((組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比)は、脱ガスや熱収縮の点から、0.1以上であることが好ましく、更に0.2以上であることが好ましく、一方、位相差の発生の抑制及び製造利便性に優れる、すなわち、溶剤再溶解性、現像残渣、現像密着性、現像耐性、水染み発生抑制効果等に優れる点から、0.8以下であることが好ましく、0.7以下であることがより好ましく、現像残渣、現像密着性の点から0.6以下であることがより更に好ましい。 In the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention, the P / V ratio ((color material component mass in the composition) / (solid content mass other than color material components in the composition) ratio) is degassed or From the viewpoint of heat shrinkage, it is preferably 0.1 or more, and more preferably 0.2 or more. On the other hand, it is excellent in suppression of retardation and manufacturing convenience, that is, solvent resolubility, development. From the viewpoint of excellent residue, development adhesion, development resistance, water stain occurrence suppression effect, etc., it is preferably 0.8 or less, more preferably 0.7 or less, from the point of development residue, development adhesion It is still more preferable that it is 0.6 or less.
<カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化膜>
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標が、x=0.550~0.700、y=0.290~0.450の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが好ましい。
 中でも、色再現性を向上する点から、C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標が、x=0.570~0.693、y=0.300~0.426の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが好ましく、x=0.600~0.690、y=0.300~0.348の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることが更に好ましく、x=0.630~0.690、y=0.300~0.329の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能であることがより更に好ましい。
<Curing film of colored resin composition for color filter>
The colored resin composition for color filters has chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source, where x = 0.550 to 0.700 and y = 0.290 to 0.450. It is preferable that a cured film in the range can be formed.
Among these, from the viewpoint of improving color reproducibility, the chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source are x = 0.570 to 0.693, y = 0.300 to 0. It is preferable that a cured film in the range of .426 can be formed, and a cured film in the range of x = 0.600 to 0.690 and y = 0.300 to 0.348 can be further formed. It is more preferable that a cured film in the range of x = 0.630 to 0.690 and y = 0.300 to 0.329 can be formed.
 カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化膜は、中でも、膜厚が2.8μm以下であり、且つ、単一画素でC光源で測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標において、x=0.570~0.693、y=0.300~0.426及び刺激値Yが9.0≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示できることが好ましく、更に、x=0.600~0.690、y=0.300~0.348及び刺激値Yが9.5≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示できることがより好ましい。なお、ここでの硬化膜の膜厚は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を、塗布、乾燥後、露光して多官能モノマーを硬化後、230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークした後の膜厚をいう。
 膜厚が2.8μm以下であり、且つ、単一画素でC光源で測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標において、x=0.570~0.693、y=0.300~0.426及び刺激値Yが9.0≦Yの範囲の色空間を表示するのに良好な配合割合乃至組合せとしては色材全量に対して、赤色色材が45.0質量%以上98.0質量%以下、前記特定の黄色色材が2.0質量%以上55.0質量%以下であることが好ましく、更に、赤色色材が50.0質量%以上95.0質量%以下、前記特定の黄色色材が5.0質量%以上50.0質量%以下であることが好ましく、特に、赤色色材が55.0質量%以上90.0質量%以下、前記特定の黄色色材が10.0質量%以上45.0質量%以下であることが好ましい。
The cured film of the colored resin composition for a color filter has a thickness of 2.8 μm or less, and in the chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured with a C light source with a single pixel, x = 0.570 to 0.693, y = 0.300 to 0.426, and a color space in which the stimulus value Y is in the range of 9.0 ≦ Y can be displayed, and x = 0.600 to 0.690. Y = 0.300 to 0.348 and a color space in which the stimulus value Y is in the range of 9.5 ≦ Y is more preferable. In addition, the film thickness of the cured film here is a film after applying the colored resin composition for color filter, drying, exposing to cure the polyfunctional monomer, and then post-baking in a clean oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes. Thickness.
In the chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured with a C light source at a single pixel, the film thickness is 2.8 μm or less, x = 0.570 to 0.693, y = 0.300 As a blending ratio or combination that is favorable for displaying a color space in the range of .about.0.426 and stimulation value Y 9.0.ltoreq.Y, the red colorant is 45.0% by mass or more and 98% of the total colorant. 0.0 mass% or less, the specific yellow color material is preferably 2.0 mass% or more and 55.0 mass% or less, and the red color material is 50.0 mass% or more and 95.0 mass% or less, The specific yellow color material is preferably 5.0% by mass or more and 50.0% by mass or less, and in particular, the red color material is 55.0% by mass or more and 90.0% by mass or less, and the specific yellow color material. Is preferably 10.0% by mass or more and 45.0% by mass or less.
<カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の製造方法は特に限定されず、例えば、前記本発明の色材分散液に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤と、必要に応じてその他の成分を添加し、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより得ることができる。或いは、前記分散剤を用いて、各色材の色材分散液とを各々準備し、各々の色材分散液と、バインダー成分と、必要に応じてその他の成分を、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより得ることができる。
<Method for producing colored resin composition for color filter>
The method for producing the colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, the color material dispersion of the present invention includes an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, a photoinitiator, and as necessary. It can be obtained by adding other components and mixing them using a known mixing means. Alternatively, using the dispersant, each color material dispersion liquid is prepared, and each color material dispersion liquid, a binder component, and other components as necessary, using a known mixing means. It can be obtained by mixing.
[カラーフィルタ]
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である着色層を有する。
[Color filter]
The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, and at least one of the colored layers is a colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention. It has a colored layer which is a cured product.
 このような本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて、図を参照しながら説明する。図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1によれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ10は、基板1と、遮光部2と、着色層3とを有している。 Such a color filter according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a colored layer 3.
(着色層)
 本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化物、すなわち前記着色樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成されてなる着色層である。
 着色層は、通常、後述する基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
 また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
 当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1μm以上5μm以下の範囲であることが好ましい。
(Colored layer)
At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition for a color filter according to the present invention, that is, a colored layer formed by curing the colored resin composition. .
The colored layer is usually formed in an opening of a light-shielding part on the substrate to be described later, and is usually composed of a colored pattern of three or more colors.
In addition, the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a four-pixel arrangement type can be used. Moreover, the width | variety, area, etc. of a colored layer can be set arbitrarily.
The thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration, the viscosity, and the like of the colored resin composition for a color filter, but is usually preferably in the range of 1 μm to 5 μm.
 当該着色層は、例えば、下記の方法により形成することができる。
 まず、前述した本発明のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。なかでもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
 次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を乾燥させたのち、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及び多官能モノマー等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
 また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用するカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。
The colored layer can be formed by the following method, for example.
First, the above-described colored resin composition for a color filter of the present invention is applied onto a substrate described later using a coating means such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method. Apply to form a wet coating. Of these, spin coating and die coating can be preferably used.
Next, after drying the wet coating film using a hot plate or an oven, it is exposed through a mask having a predetermined pattern and cured by photopolymerization of an alkali-soluble resin and a polyfunctional monomer. Let it be a coating film. Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam. The exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
Moreover, in order to promote a polymerization reaction after exposure, you may heat-process. The heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the blending ratio of each component in the colored resin composition for the color filter to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
 次に、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去することにより、所望のパターンで塗膜が形成される。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤にアルカリを溶解させた溶液が用いられる。このアルカリ溶液には、界面活性剤などを適量添加してもよい。また、現像方法は一般的な方法を採用することができる。
 現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。
Next, it develops using a developing solution, a coating film is formed with a desired pattern by melt | dissolving and removing an unexposed part. As the developer, a solution in which an alkali is dissolved in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to the alkaline solution. Further, a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
After the development treatment, the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the colored resin composition for color filters is dried to form a colored layer. In addition, you may heat-process in order to fully harden a coating film after image development processing. The heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected depending on the application of the coating film.
(遮光部)
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
 当該遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。
(Shading part)
The light shielding part in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate to be described later, and can be the same as that used as a light shielding part in a general color filter.
The pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape. The light shielding part may be a metal thin film such as chromium by sputtering, vacuum deposition or the like. Alternatively, the light shielding part may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, there are a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring the photosensitive resist, etc. is there.
 遮光部の膜厚としては、金属薄膜の場合は0.2μm以上0.4μm以下程度で設定され、黒色顔料をバインダー樹脂中に分散又は溶解させたものである場合は0.5μm以上2μm以下程度で設定される。 The thickness of the light-shielding part is set to about 0.2 μm to 0.4 μm in the case of a metal thin film, and about 0.5 μm to 2 μm in the case where a black pigment is dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Set by.
(基板)
 基板としては、後述する透明基板やシリコン基板、前記基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜などを形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、TFT等のトランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。
(substrate)
As the substrate, a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate, which will be described later, or an aluminum, silver, or silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film formed on the substrate is used. On these substrates, another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor such as a TFT, a circuit, or the like may be formed.
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基材であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
 当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm以上1mm以下程度のものを使用することができる。
 なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や配向突起、柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a base material transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used. Specifically, transparent flexible rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glasses. Materials.
Although the thickness of the said transparent substrate is not specifically limited, According to the use of the color filter of this invention, the thing about 100 micrometers or more and 1 mm or less can be used, for example.
The color filter of the present invention includes, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, an alignment protrusion, a columnar spacer, etc., in addition to the substrate, the light shielding portion, and the colored layer. Also good.
[表示装置]
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。本発明において表示装置の構成は特に限定されず、従来公知の表示装置の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、液晶表示装置や、有機発光表示装置などが挙げられる。本発明では、横電界方式の液晶表示装置においても、緑色画素の電気的特性に起因する液晶の配向乱れ、スイッチングの閾値ずれによる焼き付き現象など、様々な表示不良が抑制されることから、液晶表示装置が好適に選択される。
[Display device]
The display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention. In the present invention, the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device. In the present invention, even in a horizontal electric field type liquid crystal display device, various display defects such as a liquid crystal orientation disorder caused by the electrical characteristics of the green pixel and a burn-in phenomenon caused by a switching threshold shift are suppressed. The device is preferably selected.
 <液晶表示装置>
 本発明の液晶表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の表示装置の一例を示す概略図であり、液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
 なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
<Liquid crystal display device>
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention described above, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a liquid crystal display device. As illustrated in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
Note that the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but can be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式としては、特に限定はなく一般的に液晶表示装置に用いられている駆動方式を採用することができる。このような駆動方式としては、例えば、TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及びMVA方式等を挙げることができる。本発明においてはこれらのいずれの方式であっても好適に用いることができる。
 また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be employed. Examples of such a drive method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be preferably used.
Further, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
 液晶層の形成方法としては、一般に液晶セルの作製方法として用いられる方法を使用することができ、例えば、真空注入方式や液晶滴下方式等が挙げられる。 As a method for forming a liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for producing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
 <有機発光表示装置>
 本発明に係る有機発光表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の表示装置の他の一例を示す概略図であり、有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。
<Organic light-emitting display device>
An organic light emitting display device according to the present invention includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention and an organic light emitter.
Such an organic light emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating another example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of an organic light emitting display device. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitter 80. An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80.
 有機発光体80の積層方法としては、例えば、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体80を無機酸化膜60上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。有機発光体80における、透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76、その他の構成は、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。このようにして作製された有機発光表示装置100は、例えば、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。
 なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
As a method for laminating the organic light emitter 80, for example, the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. Examples thereof include a method and a method in which an organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate is bonded onto the inorganic oxide film 60. As the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other configurations in the organic light emitting body 80, known structures can be appropriately used. The organic light emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display or an active drive type organic EL display.
Note that the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may be a known configuration as an organic light emitting display device that generally uses a color filter.
 以下、本発明について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本発明を制限するものではない。
 なお、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の酸価は、JIS K 0070に記載の方法に準ずる方法により求めた。
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体のアミン価は、JIS K 7237に記載の方法に準ずる方法により求めた。
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、前述の本発明の測定方法に従って、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)により標準ポリスチレン換算値として求めた。
 塩形成前及び塩形成後のブロック共重合体のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、JIS K7121に記載の方法に準ずる方法により、示差走査熱量測定(DSC)(SIIナノテクノロジー社製、EXSTAR DSC 7020)を用いて測定した。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. These descriptions do not limit the present invention.
In addition, the acid value of the block copolymer before salt formation was calculated | required by the method according to the method of JISK0070.
The amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation was determined by a method according to the method described in JIS K 7237.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the block copolymer before salt formation was determined as a standard polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method of the present invention described above.
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block copolymer before salt formation and after salt formation is determined by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) (EXSTAR DSC 7020, manufactured by SII Nanotechnology Co., Ltd.) according to the method described in JIS K7121. It measured using.
(製造例1 Azo誘導体1の調製)
 550gの蒸留水の中に、23.1gのジアゾバルビツール酸および19.2gのバルビツール酸を導入した。次いで、水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いてアゾバルビツール酸(0.3モル)となるように調整し、750gの蒸留水と混合した。5gの30%の塩酸を滴下により添加した。その後、38.7gのメラミンを導入した。次いで、0.57モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.03モルの塩化銅溶液を混合して添加し、80℃の温度で8時間撹拌した。濾過により顔料を単離し、洗浄し、120℃で乾燥させ、乳鉢で磨砕し、Azo誘導体1(Ni:Cu=95:5(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Production Example 1 Preparation of Azo Derivative 1)
23.1 g diazobarbituric acid and 19.2 g barbituric acid were introduced into 550 g distilled water. Subsequently, it adjusted so that it might become azobarbituric acid (0.3 mol) using potassium hydroxide aqueous solution, and mixed with 750 g of distilled water. 5 g of 30% hydrochloric acid was added dropwise. Thereafter, 38.7 g of melamine was introduced. Next, 0.57 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.03 mol copper chloride solution were mixed and added, and stirred at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 8 hours. The pigment was isolated by filtration, washed, dried at 120 ° C., and ground in a mortar to obtain Azo derivative 1 (azo pigment with Ni: Cu = 95: 5 (molar ratio)).
(製造例2 Azo誘導体2の調製)
 製造例1において、0.57モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.03モルの塩化銅溶液の代わりに、0.39モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.21モルの塩化亜鉛溶液を用いた以外は、製造例1と同様にして、Azo誘導体2(Ni:Zn=65:35(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Production Example 2 Preparation of Azo Derivative 2)
Production Example 1 except that 0.39 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.21 mol zinc chloride solution were used instead of 0.57 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.03 mol copper chloride solution. In the same manner as in Example 1, Azo derivative 2 (azo pigment with Ni: Zn = 65: 35 (molar ratio)) was obtained.
(製造例3 Azo誘導体3の調製)
 製造例1において、0.57モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.03モルの塩化銅溶液の代わりに、0.42モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.18モルの塩化銅溶液を用いた以外は、製造例1と同様にして、Azo誘導体3(Ni:Cu=70:30(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Production Example 3 Preparation of Azo Derivative 3)
Production Example 1 except that instead of 0.57 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.03 mol copper chloride solution, 0.42 mol nickel chloride solution and 0.18 mol copper chloride solution were used. In the same manner as in Example 1, Azo derivative 3 (NizoCu = 70: 30 (molar ratio) azo pigment) was obtained.
(製造例4 Azo誘導体4の調製)
 製造例1において、0.57モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.03モルの塩化銅溶液の代わりに、0.21モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.39モルの塩化亜鉛溶液を用いた以外は、製造例1と同様にして、Azo誘導体4(Ni:Zn=35:65(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Production Example 4 Preparation of Azo Derivative 4)
Production Example 1 except that a 0.21 mol nickel chloride solution and a 0.39 mol zinc chloride solution were used in place of the 0.57 mol nickel chloride solution and the 0.03 mol copper chloride solution. In the same manner as in Example 1, Azo derivative 4 (azo pigment with Ni: Zn = 35: 65 (molar ratio)) was obtained.
(合成例1:分散剤aの調製)
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた500mL丸底4口セパラブルフラスコにTHF250質量部、塩化リチウム0.6質量部を加え、充分に窒素置換を行った。反応フラスコを-60℃まで冷却した後、ブチルリチウム4.9質量部(15質量%ヘキサン溶液)、ジイソプロピルアミン1.1質量部、イソ酪酸メチル1.0質量部をシリンジを用いて注入した。Bブロック用モノマーのメタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(EEMA)3.3質量部、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル(HEMA)18.2質量部、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(EHMA)4.2質量部、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)7.0質量部、メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA)24.7質量部、メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)13.3質量部を、添加用ロートを用いて60分かけて滴下した。30分後、Aブロック用モノマーであるメタクリル酸ジメチルアミノエチル(DMMA)30.8質量部を20分かけて滴下した。30分間反応させた後、メタノール1.5質量部を加えて反応を停止させた。得られた前駆体ブロック共重合体THF溶液はヘキサン中で再沈殿させ、濾過、真空乾燥により精製を行い、PGMEAで希釈し固形分30質量%溶液とした。水を32.5質量部加え、100℃に昇温し7時間反応させ、EEMA由来の構成単位を脱保護しメタクリル酸(MAA)由来の構成単位とした。得られたブロック共重合体PGMEA溶液はヘキサン中で再沈殿させ、濾過、真空乾燥により精製を行い、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むAブロックとカルボキシ基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を含み親溶剤性を有するBブロックとを含むブロック共重合体A-1(酸価 12mgKOH/g、Tg44℃)を得た。このようにして得られたブロック共重合体A-1を、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)にて確認したところ、重量平均分子量Mwは8100であった。また、アミン価は110mgKOH/gであった。
 100mL丸底フラスコ中でPGMEA29.35質量部に、ブロック共重合体A-1を29.35質量部溶解し、フェニルホスホン酸(東京化成製)1.59質量部(フェニルホスホン酸がブロック共重合体A-1のDMMAユニット1モルに対し、0.1モル)加え、反応温度30℃で20時間攪拌することにより、塩型ブロック共重合体A-1(分散剤a)溶液を得た。塩形成後のアミン価は具体的には、以下のように算出した。
 NMR試料管に塩型ブロック共重合体A-1(再沈殿後の固形物)を9質量部、クロロホルム-D1NMR用を91質量部で混合した溶液を1g入れ、13C-NMRスペクトルを核磁気共鳴装置(日本電子製、FT NMR、JNM-AL400)を用い、室温、積算回数10000回の条件にて測定した。得られたスペクトルデータのうち、末端の窒素部位(アミノ基)において、塩形成されていない窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークと、塩形成されている窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークの積分値の比率より、アミノ基総数に対する塩形成されているアミノ基数の比率を算出し、理論的な塩形成比率と相違ない(全フェニルホスホン酸の2つの酸性基がブロック共重合体A-1のDMMAの末端の窒素部位と塩形成している)ことを確認した。
 塩形成前のアミン価110mgKOH/gから、DMMAユニットの0.20モル分のアミン価(22mgKOH/g)を差し引いて、塩形成後のアミン価を88mgKOH/gと算出した。塩形成後のブロック共重合体A-1の酸価は塩形成前ブロック共重合体A-1と同じである。塩形成前及び塩形成後のブロック共重合体A-1の酸価、アミン価、及びTgを表1に示す。
(Synthesis Example 1: Preparation of Dispersant a)
Add 250 parts by weight of THF and 0.6 parts by weight of lithium chloride to a 500 mL round bottom 4-neck separable flask equipped with a condenser, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer, and digital thermometer, and perform sufficient nitrogen replacement. It was. After cooling the reaction flask to −60 ° C., 4.9 parts by mass of butyllithium (15% by mass hexane solution), 1.1 parts by mass of diisopropylamine and 1.0 part by mass of methyl isobutyrate were injected using a syringe. B block monomer 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) 3.3 parts by weight, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) 18.2 parts by weight, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA) 4.2 parts by weight, methacryl 7.0 parts by mass of n-butyl acid (BMA), 24.7 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), and 13.3 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA) were added dropwise over 60 minutes using an addition funnel. . After 30 minutes, 30.8 parts by mass of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA), which is a monomer for the A block, was added dropwise over 20 minutes. After reacting for 30 minutes, 1.5 parts by mass of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The obtained precursor block copolymer THF solution was reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, diluted with PGMEA to obtain a solid content solution of 30% by mass. 32.5 parts by mass of water was added, the temperature was raised to 100 ° C., and the reaction was carried out for 7 hours. The obtained block copolymer PGMEA solution is reprecipitated in hexane, purified by filtration and vacuum drying, and a structural unit derived from a block containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a carboxy group-containing monomer A block copolymer A-1 (acid value: 12 mgKOH / g, Tg: 44 ° C.) containing a B block having a solvophilic property was contained. The block copolymer A-1 thus obtained was confirmed by GPC (gel permeation chromatography), and the weight average molecular weight Mw was 8100. The amine value was 110 mgKOH / g.
29.35 parts by mass of block copolymer A-1 was dissolved in 29.35 parts by mass of PGMEA in a 100 mL round bottom flask, and 1.59 parts by mass of phenylphosphonic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry) 0.1 mol) was added to 1 mol of the DMMA unit of the combined A-1, and the mixture was stirred at a reaction temperature of 30 ° C. for 20 hours to obtain a salt type block copolymer A-1 (dispersant a) solution. Specifically, the amine value after salt formation was calculated as follows.
Into an NMR sample tube, 1 g of a solution prepared by mixing 9 parts by mass of salt-type block copolymer A-1 (solid after reprecipitation) and 91 parts by mass of chloroform-D1 NMR was added, and the 13 C-NMR spectrum was measured by nuclear magnetic field. Using a resonance apparatus (manufactured by JEOL Ltd., FT NMR, JNM-AL400), the measurement was performed under conditions of room temperature and 10,000 times of integration. Of the obtained spectral data, the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt-formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt-formed nitrogen atom at the terminal nitrogen site (amino group) From the ratio, the ratio of the number of amino groups that are salt-formed to the total number of amino groups is calculated, and is not different from the theoretical salt-forming ratio (the two acidic groups of all phenylphosphonic acids are different from the DMMA of the block copolymer A-1). It was confirmed that a salt was formed with the terminal nitrogen site).
The amine value after salt formation was calculated as 88 mgKOH / g by subtracting the amine value (22 mgKOH / g) of 0.20 mol of DMMA unit from the amine value 110 mgKOH / g before salt formation. The acid value of the block copolymer A-1 after salt formation is the same as that of the block copolymer A-1 before salt formation. Table 1 shows the acid value, amine value, and Tg of the block copolymer A-1 before and after salt formation.
(合成例2~4:分散剤b~dの製造)
 合成例1において、表1に示す含有量に変更した以外は、合成例1と同様にして、塩形成前ブロック共重合体A-2~A-4、及び塩型ブロック共重合体A-2(分散剤b)~A-4(分散剤d)溶液を合成した。なお、メタクリル酸1-エトキシエチル(EEMA)を合成例2においては2.8質量部、合成例3においては2.2質量部、合成例4においては1.1質量部使用した。得られた塩形成前及び塩形成後のブロック共重合体の酸価、アミン価、及びTgを表1に示す。
(Synthesis Examples 2 to 4: Production of dispersants b to d)
In Synthesis Example 1, except that the content is changed to the contents shown in Table 1, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, salt copolymers before salt formation A-2 to A-4, and salt-type block copolymer A-2 (Dispersant b) to A-4 (dispersant d) solutions were synthesized. Note that 1-ethoxyethyl methacrylate (EEMA) was used in Synthesis Example 2 at 2.8 parts by mass, Synthesis Example 3 at 2.2 parts by mass, and Synthesis Example 4 at 1.1 parts by mass. Table 1 shows the acid value, amine value, and Tg of the obtained block copolymer before and after salt formation.
(合成例5:分散剤eの調製)
 500mlの4口セパラブルフラスコを減圧して乾燥後、Ar(アルゴン)置換した。
Arフローしながら、脱水THF100g、メチルトリメチルシリルジメチルケテンアセタール2.0g、テトラブチルアンモニウム-3-クロロベンゾエート(TBACB)の1Mアセトニトリル溶液0.15ml、メシチレン0.2gを加えた。そこに滴下ロートを用いて、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(EHMA)13.4質量部、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)14.3質量部、メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA)9.9質量部、メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)35.7質量部を45分かけて滴下した。反応が進むと発熱するため、氷冷することにより、温度を40℃未満に保った。1時間後、ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート(DMMA)26.7質量部を15分かけて滴下した。1時間反応させた後、メタノール5gを加えて反応を停止させた。溶剤を減圧除去して、ブロック共重合体A-5を得た。GPC測定(NMP LiBr10mM)により求めた重量平均分子量は8,350、アミン価は95mgKOH/gであった。
 100mL丸底フラスコ中でPGMEA29.35質量部に、ブロック共重合体A-5を29.35質量部溶解し、フェニルホスホン酸(PPA、東京化成製)3.17質量部(フェニルホスホン酸がブロック共重合体A-5のDMMAユニット1モルに対し、0.20モル)加え、反応温度30℃で20時間攪拌することにより、塩型ブロック共重合体A-5(分散剤e)溶液を得た。塩形成後のアミン価は、合成例1と同様に算出した。得られた塩形成前及び塩形成後のブロック共重合体の酸価、アミン価、及びTgを表1に示す。
(Synthesis Example 5: Preparation of dispersant e)
A 500 ml 4-neck separable flask was decompressed and dried, and then replaced with Ar (argon).
While flowing Ar, 100 g of dehydrated THF, 2.0 g of methyltrimethylsilyldimethylketene acetal, 0.15 ml of 1M acetonitrile solution of tetrabutylammonium-3-chlorobenzoate (TBACB), and 0.2 g of mesitylene were added. Using a dropping funnel, 13.4 parts by weight of 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA), 14.3 parts by weight of n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 9.9 parts by weight of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), methacrylic acid Methyl (MMA) 35.7 parts by mass was added dropwise over 45 minutes. As the reaction progressed, heat was generated, so the temperature was kept below 40 ° C. by cooling with ice. After 1 hour, 26.7 parts by mass of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA) was added dropwise over 15 minutes. After reacting for 1 hour, 5 g of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain block copolymer A-5. The weight average molecular weight determined by GPC measurement (NMP LiBr 10 mM) was 8,350, and the amine value was 95 mgKOH / g.
In a 100 mL round bottom flask, 29.35 parts by mass of block copolymer A-5 was dissolved in 29.35 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 3.17 parts by mass of phenylphosphonic acid (PPA, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.20 mol) is added to 1 mol of DMMA unit of copolymer A-5, and the mixture is stirred at a reaction temperature of 30 ° C. for 20 hours to obtain a salt block copolymer A-5 (dispersant e) solution. It was. The amine value after salt formation was calculated in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. Table 1 shows the acid value, amine value, and Tg of the obtained block copolymer before and after salt formation.
(合成例6:分散剤fの調製)
 合成例5において、フェニルホスホン酸に代えて、塩化ベンジル(東京化成製)を
3.80質量部(塩化ベンジルがブロック共重合体A-5のDMMAユニット1モルに対し、0.3モル)使用したこと以外は合成例5と同様にして、塩型ブロック共重合体A-6(分散剤f)溶液を合成した。得られた塩形成前及び塩形成後のブロック共重合体の酸価、アミン価、及びTgを表1に示す。
(Synthesis Example 6: Preparation of dispersant f)
In Synthesis Example 5, instead of phenylphosphonic acid, 3.80 parts by mass of benzyl chloride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) (benzyl chloride is 0.3 mol with respect to 1 mol of DMMA unit of block copolymer A-5) is used. A salt type block copolymer A-6 (dispersant f) solution was synthesized in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5 except for the above. Table 1 shows the acid value, amine value, and Tg of the obtained block copolymer before and after salt formation.
(合成例7:分散剤gの調製)
 合成例5において、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル(EHMA)13.4質量部、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)14.3質量部、メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA)9.9質量部、及びメタクリル酸メチル(MMA)35.7質量部に代えて、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)7.6質量部、メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)32.9質量部、及びPME-1000(メトキシポリエチレングリコールモノメタクリレート(ポリエチレングリコール鎖の繰り返し数n≒23)、商品名ブレンマーPME-1000、日油製)39.9質量部を用い、ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート(DMMA)を26.7質量部に代えて、19.6質量部用いた以外は合成例5と同様にして、塩形成前ブロック共重合体A-7、及び塩型ブロック共重合体A-7(分散剤g)溶液を得た。塩形成後のアミン価は、合成例1と同様に算出した。得られた塩形成前及び塩形成後のブロック共重合体の酸価、アミン価、及びTgを表1に示す。
(Synthesis Example 7: Preparation of Dispersant g)
In Synthesis Example 5, 13.4 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate (EHMA), 14.3 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), 9.9 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), and methyl methacrylate ( MMA) 35.7 parts by mass n-butyl methacrylate (BMA) 7.6 parts by mass, methyl methacrylate (MMA) 32.9 parts by mass, and PME-1000 (methoxy polyethylene glycol monomethacrylate (polyethylene glycol) The number of chain repetitions n≈23), trade name Blemmer PME-1000, manufactured by NOF Co., Ltd., 39.9 parts by mass, and dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA) was replaced with 26.7 parts by mass, 19.6 parts by mass Except for the use, in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 5, the block copolymer A-7 before salt formation and the salt block Copolymer A-7 was obtained (dispersing agent g) solution. The amine value after salt formation was calculated in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1. Table 1 shows the acid value, amine value, and Tg of the obtained block copolymer before and after salt formation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
(合成例8:アルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液の調製)
 BzMA 40質量部、MMA 15質量部、MAA 25質量部、及びAIBN 3質量部の混合液を、PGMEA 150質量部を入れた重合槽中に、窒素気流下、100℃で、3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に100℃で、3時間加熱し、重合体溶液を得た。この重合体溶液の重量平均分子量は、7000であった。
 次に、得られた重合体溶液に、グリシジルメタクリレート(GMA) 20質量部、トリエチルアミン0.2質量部、及びp-メトキシフェノール0.05質量部を添加し、110℃で10時間加熱し、反応溶液中に、空気をバブリングさせた。得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂Aは、BzMAとMMA、MAAの共重合により形成された主鎖にGMAを用いてエチレン性二重結合を有する側鎖を導入した樹脂であり、固形分42.6質量%、酸価74mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量12000であった。ポリスチレンを標準物質とし、THFを溶離液としてショウデックスGPCシステム-21H(Shodex GPC System-21H)により重量平均分子量を測定した。また酸価の測定方法は、JIS K 0070に基づいて測定した。
(Synthesis Example 8: Preparation of alkali-soluble resin A solution)
A mixed solution of 40 parts by mass of BzMA, 15 parts by mass of MMA, 25 parts by mass of MAA, and 3 parts by mass of AIBN was dropped into a polymerization tank containing 150 parts by mass of PGMEA at 100 ° C. for 3 hours in a nitrogen stream. did. After completion of dropping, the mixture was further heated at 100 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer solution was 7000.
Next, 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution, and heated at 110 ° C. for 10 hours to react. Air was bubbled through the solution. The obtained alkali-soluble resin A is a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA, and has a solid content of 42.6 mass. %, Acid value 74 mgKOH / g, and weight average molecular weight 12000. The weight average molecular weight was measured with a Shodex GPC System-21H (polypropylene) using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent. The acid value was measured based on JIS K 0070.
(合成例9:アルカリ可溶性樹脂B溶液の調製)
 合成例8において重合時のコモノマー種としてBzMAを40質量部用いる代わりに、スチレンを20質量部、及び、N-フェニルマレイミド(東京化成工業株式会社)を20質量部用いた以外は合成例8と同様にしてアルカリ可溶性樹脂B溶液を得た。固形分42.6質量%、酸価74mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量12000であった。
(Synthesis Example 9: Preparation of alkali-soluble resin B solution)
Instead of using 40 parts by mass of BzMA as a comonomer species during polymerization in Synthesis Example 8, Synthesis Example 8 was used except that 20 parts by mass of styrene and 20 parts by mass of N-phenylmaleimide (Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were used. Similarly, an alkali-soluble resin B solution was obtained. The solid content was 42.6% by mass, the acid value was 74 mgKOH / g, and the weight average molecular weight was 12,000.
(合成例10:潜在性酸化防止剤(化合物a)の合成)
 下記化学式(3)で表されるフェノール化合物0.01mol、二炭酸ジ-tert-ブチル0.05mol及びピリジン30gを混合し、窒素雰囲気下、室温で4-ジメチルアミノピリジン0.025molを加え、60℃で3時間撹拌した。室温まで冷却後、反応液をイオン交換水150gに注ぎ、クロロホルム200gを加えて油水分離を行った。有機層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣にメタノール100gを加えて晶析を行った。得られた白色粉状結晶を60℃で3時間減圧乾燥させ、前記化学式(a)で表される潜在性酸化防止剤(化合物a)を得た。なお、得られた潜在性酸化防止剤の構造はIR及びNMRで確認した。
(Synthesis Example 10: Synthesis of Latent Antioxidant (Compound a))
A phenol compound represented by the following chemical formula (3) 0.01 mol, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate 0.05 mol and 30 g of pyridine were mixed, and 0.025 mol of 4-dimethylaminopyridine was added at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. Stir at 0 ° C. for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into 150 g of ion-exchanged water, and 200 g of chloroform was added to perform oil / water separation. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and 100 g of methanol was added to the residue for crystallization. The obtained white powder crystals were dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a latent antioxidant (compound a) represented by the chemical formula (a). The structure of the obtained latent antioxidant was confirmed by IR and NMR.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(実施例1)
(1)色材分散液R1の製造
 分散剤として合成例1の分散剤a溶液を6.23質量部、赤色色材として下記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP、商品名Irgaphor RED S 3621CF、BASF社製)を2.57質量部、C.I.ピグメントレッド254(商品名Hostaperm Red D2B-COF LV3781、CLARIANT製)を3.86質量部、C.I.ピグメントレッド177(商品名Cromophtal Red A2B、BASF製)を2.08質量部、黄色色材として製造例2で得られたAzo誘導体2を4.49質量部、合成例8で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.59質量部、PGMEAを66.12質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液R1を得た。
Example 1
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersion R1 6.23 parts by mass of Dispersant a solution of Synthesis Example 1 as a dispersant and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP, product represented by the following chemical formula (2) as a red colorant Name Irgaphor RED S 3621CF, manufactured by BASF) 2.57 parts by mass, C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 (trade name Hostaperm Red D2B-COF LV3781, manufactured by CLARIANT) 3.86 parts by mass, C.I. I. 2.08 parts by mass of Pigment Red 177 (trade name Chromophthal Red A2B, manufactured by BASF), 4.49 parts by mass of Azo derivative 2 obtained in Production Example 2 as a yellow color material, and alkali-soluble obtained in Synthesis Example 8 14.59 parts by mass of the resin A solution, 66.12 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of 2.0 mm zirconia beads were put into a mayonnaise bin, and pre-crushed with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.). Shake for 1 hour, then take out zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, and similarly disperse in a paint shaker for 4 hours as a main crushing. Dispersion R1 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(2)カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液R1を11.29質量部、合成例8で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を1.90質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.60質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907(IRG907)、BASF製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369(IRG369)、BASF製)を0.04質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831(NCI831)、ADEKA製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、シランカップリング剤(商品名KBM-503、信越シリコーン製)0.07質量部、メルカプト化合物(ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート))0.05質量部、PGMEAを5.85質量部、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテートを3.92質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R1を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 上記(2)で得られた着色樹脂組成物R1を、厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥し、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、更に230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークすることにより、硬化後の膜厚が2.10μmとなるように膜厚を調整して着色層R1を形成した。
(2) Production of Colored Resin Composition R1 for Color Filter 11.29 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion R1 obtained in (1) above and 1.90 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8 Parts, polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M-403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 0.60 parts by mass, 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (Photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907 (IRG907), manufactured by BASF) 0.09 parts by mass, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: 0.04 parts by mass of Irgacure 369 (IRG369), manufactured by BASF), 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- 0.02 parts by mass of (O-acetyloxime) (photoinitiator: trade name Adeka Arcles NCI-831 (NCI831), manufactured by ADEKA), fluorosurfactant (trade name: Megafuck F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation) ) 0.07 parts by mass, silane coupling agent (trade name KBM-503, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone) 0.07 parts by mass, mercapto compound (pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate)) 0.05 parts by mass, PGMEA And 5.92 parts by mass of 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate were added to obtain a colored resin composition R1 for color filters.
(3) Formation of colored layer The colored resin composition R1 obtained in the above (2) is placed on a glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm. After applying using a spin coater, it is dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 of ultraviolet light using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, and further post-baked for 30 minutes in a 230 ° C. clean oven. Thus, the colored layer R1 was formed by adjusting the film thickness so that the film thickness after curing was 2.10 μm.
(実施例2~11、比較例1)
(1)色材分散液R2~R9、RC1の製造
 実施例2~6及び比較例1においては、実施例1の(1)において、それぞれ表2に示すように、分散剤a溶液の代わりに、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液R2~R6を得た。
 また、実施例7~9においては、実施例3の(1)において、それぞれ表2に示すように、色材の種類と使用量を変更した以外は実施例(3)の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液R7~R9を得た。
 また、比較例1においては、実施例1の(1)において、表2に示すように、分散剤a溶液の代わりに、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整し、更に色材の種類と使用量を変更した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液RC1を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R2~R11、RC1の製造
 実施例2~9及び比較例1においては、実施例1の(2)における色材分散液R1の代わりにそれぞれ表2に示すように、上記色材分散液R2~R9、RC1を用いて、膜厚を2.10μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表2に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R2~R9、RC1を得た。
 また、実施例10においては、実施例3においてアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を用いた代わりに、合成例9で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂B溶液を用い、更に、酸化防止剤(商品名IRGANOX1010(1010)、BASF製)0.03質量部を添加した以外は、実施例3の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R10を得た。
 また、実施例11においては、実施例10において、光開始剤について表2に示すように、IRG369を0.04質量部の代わりに、オキシムエステル系光開始剤(商品名TR-PBG-365(PBG365)、常州強力電子新材料社製)を0.04質量部用い、NCI831を0.02質量部の代わりに、オキシムエステル系開始剤(商品名TR-PBG-3057(PBG3057)、常州強力電子新材料社製)を0.02質量部用いた以外は、実施例10の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R11を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、着色樹脂組成物R1の代わりに、それぞれ上記着色樹脂組成物R2~R11、RC1を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層R2~R11、RC1を得た。
(Examples 2 to 11, Comparative Example 1)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions R2 to R9 and RC1 In Examples 2 to 6 and Comparative Example 1, instead of the dispersant a solution in Example 1 (1), as shown in Table 2, respectively. In the same manner as in (1) of Example 1, except that the type and amount of the dispersant were changed so that the solid content was the same part by mass, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass. Color material dispersions R2 to R6 were obtained.
Examples 7 to 9 are the same as Example (3) (1) except that, in Example 3 (1), the color material type and amount used were changed as shown in Table 2, respectively. Thus, colorant dispersions R7 to R9 were obtained.
Moreover, in Comparative Example 1, as shown in Table 2 in Example 1 (1), instead of the dispersant a solution, the type and amount of the dispersant are set to be equal to parts by mass. The color material dispersion RC1 was obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 1 except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass, and the type and amount of color material were changed. It was.
(2) Production of Colored Resin Compositions R2 to R11 and RC1 for Color Filters In Examples 2 to 9 and Comparative Example 1, Table 2 shows the color material dispersion R1 in (2) of Example 1 respectively. Thus, using the colorant dispersions R2 to R9 and RC1, the amount of the alkali-soluble resin is adjusted so that the P / V ratio becomes the value shown in Table 2 in order to make the film thickness 2.10 μm. Except for the adjustment, color resin compositions R2 to R9 and RC1 for color filters were obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 1.
Further, in Example 10, instead of using the alkali-soluble resin A solution in Example 3, the alkali-soluble resin B solution obtained in Synthesis Example 9 was used, and an antioxidant (trade name IRGANOX 1010 (1010)) was used. A colored resin composition R10 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 3 except that 0.03 parts by mass of BASF) was added.
Further, in Example 11, as shown in Table 2 for the photoinitiator in Example 10, instead of 0.04 parts by mass of IRG369, an oxime ester photoinitiator (trade name TR-PBG-365 ( PBG365), manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.) and 0.04 parts by mass of NCI831, instead of 0.02 parts by mass of oxime ester initiator (trade name TR-PBG-3057 (PBG3057), Changzhou Powerful Electronics) A colored resin composition R11 for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as in (2) of Example 10 except that 0.02 parts by mass of Shinbunshi Co., Ltd. was used.
(3) Formation of colored layer In (1) of Example 1, (3) in Example 1 except that the colored resin compositions R2 to R11 and RC1 were used instead of the colored resin composition R1, respectively. Similarly, colored layers R2 to R11 and RC1 were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000024
ここで、表中各略号は、以下の通りである。
Y150誘導体:C.I.ピグメントイエロー150誘導体(Ni錯体)(商品名:LEVASCREEN YELLOW G01、ランクセス株式会社製)
Byk-161:商品名Disperbyk-161(ウレタン系分散剤、固形分30質量%、ビックケミー製)
溶剤A:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
溶剤B:3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート
Here, each abbreviation in the table is as follows.
Y150 derivative: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 Derivative (Ni Complex) (trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G01, LANXESS Co., Ltd.)
Byk-161: Trade name Disperbyk-161 (urethane-based dispersant, solid content 30% by mass, manufactured by Big Chemie)
Solvent A: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
Solvent B: 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate
(実施例12~23)
(1)色材分散液R12~R23の製造
 実施例12~23においては、実施例3の(1)において、それぞれ表3に示すように、色材の種類と配合量を変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例3の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液R12~R23を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R12~R23の製造
 実施例11の(2)における色材分散液R3の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液R12~R23を用い、膜厚を2.50μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表3に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例11の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R12~R23を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例11の(3)において、着色樹脂組成物R11の代わりに、それぞれ上記着色樹脂組成物R12~R23を用いた以外は、実施例11の(3)と同様にして、着色層R12~R23を得た。
(Examples 12 to 23)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions R12 to R23 In Examples 12 to 23, as shown in Table 3 in Example 1 (1), the types and blending amounts of color materials were changed, and the total amount Color material dispersions R12 to R23 were obtained in the same manner as in Example 3 (1) except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted to 100 parts by mass.
(2) Production of Colored Resin Compositions R12 to R23 for Color Filter The above color material dispersions R12 to R23 were used in place of the color material dispersion R3 in (2) of Example 11, and the film thickness was 2.50 μm. Therefore, a colored resin composition for a color filter was prepared in the same manner as in (2) of Example 11 except that the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio was the value shown in Table 3. R12 to R23 were obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as (3) of Example 11 except that the colored resin compositions R12 to R23 were used in place of the colored resin composition R11 in (3) of Example 11. Thus, colored layers R12 to R23 were obtained.
(比較例2~7)
(1)色材分散液RC2~RC7の製造
 比較例2~7においては、実施例1の(1)において、表3に示すように、分散剤a溶液の代わりに、分散剤の種類と使用量を固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、更にそれぞれ表3に示すように、色材の種類と配合量を変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液RC2~RC7を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物RC2~RC7の製造
 実施例11の(2)における色材分散液R3の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液RC2~RC7を用い、膜厚を2.50μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表3に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例11の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物RC2~RC7を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例11の(3)において、着色樹脂組成物R11の代わりに、それぞれ上記着色樹脂組成物RC2~RC7を用いた以外は、実施例11の(3)と同様にして、着色層RC2~RC7を得た。
(Comparative Examples 2 to 7)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions RC2 to RC7 In Comparative Examples 2 to 7, the type and use of the dispersant instead of the dispersant a solution as shown in Table 3 in (1) of Example 1 The amount was changed so that the solid content was the same part by mass, and as shown in Table 3, the color material type and blending amount were changed, and the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass. In the same manner as in Example 1 (1), colorant dispersions RC2 to RC7 were obtained.
(2) Production of Colored Resin Compositions RC2 to RC7 for Color Filter The above color material dispersions RC2 to RC7 were used in place of the color material dispersion R3 in (2) of Example 11 and the film thickness was 2.50 μm. Therefore, a colored resin composition for a color filter was prepared in the same manner as in (2) of Example 11 except that the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio was the value shown in Table 3. RC2 to RC7 were obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as (3) of Example 11 except that the colored resin composition RC2 to RC7 were used in place of the colored resin composition R11 in (3) of Example 11. Thus, colored layers RC2 to RC7 were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
R264:C.I.ピグメントレッド264(商品名:Irgazin Red L 4010 HD、BASF製)
R242:C.I.ピグメントレッド242(商品名:Novoperm Scarlet 4RF、CLARIANT製)
O38:C.I.ピグメントオレンジ38(商品名:Novoperm Red HF、CLARIANT製)C.I.ピグメントオレンジ38は、P/V(赤色色材質量/赤色色材以外の固形分質量)比=0.2で2.5μmの塗膜の分光透過率スペクトルを測定した場合に、520nmの波長の透過率が20%以下であり、且つ640nmの波長の透過率が70%以上であり、本発明の赤色色材に相当。
R177:C.I.ピグメントレッド177(商品名:Cromophtal Red A2B、BASF製)
R179:C.I.ピグメントレッド179(商品名:Paliogen Maroon L 3980、BASF Dispersions & Pigments Asia Pacific製)
R272:C.I.ピグメントレッド272(商品名:Irgazin Flame Red K 3800、BASF製)
Y150誘導体:C.I.ピグメントイエロー150誘導体(Ni錯体)(商品名:LEVASCREEN YELLOW G01、ランクセス株式会社製)
Byk-161:商品名Disperbyk-161(ウレタン系分散剤、固形分30質量%、ビックケミー製)
6919:商品名Disperbyk-LPN6919(一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体、アミン価120mgKOH/g、固形分60質量%、ビックケミー製)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000025
R264: C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 (trade name: Irgazin Red L 4010 HD, manufactured by BASF)
R242: C.I. I. Pigment Red 242 (Brand name: Novoperm SCARlet 4RF, manufactured by CLARIANT)
O38: C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38 (trade name: Novoperm Red HF, manufactured by CLARIANT) C.I. I. Pigment Orange 38 has a wavelength of 520 nm when a spectral transmittance spectrum of a 2.5 μm coating film is measured at a P / V (red color material mass / solid content mass other than red color material) ratio = 0.2. The transmittance is 20% or less, and the transmittance at a wavelength of 640 nm is 70% or more, which corresponds to the red color material of the present invention.
R177: C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 (trade name: Chromophthal Red A2B, manufactured by BASF)
R179: C.I. I. Pigment Red 179 (Brand name: Paliogen Maroon L 3980, manufactured by BASF Dispersions & Pigments Asia Pacific)
R272: C.I. I. Pigment Red 272 (trade name: Irgazin Flame Red K 3800, manufactured by BASF)
Y150 derivative: C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 150 Derivative (Ni Complex) (trade name: LEVASCREEN YELLOW G01, LANXESS Co., Ltd.)
Byk-161: Trade name Disperbyk-161 (urethane-based dispersant, solid content 30% by mass, manufactured by Big Chemie)
6919: Trade name Disperbyk-LPN6919 (polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I), amine value 120 mgKOH / g, solid content 60% by mass, manufactured by Big Chemie)
(実施例24~41)
(1)色材分散液R24~R41の製造
 実施例24~41においては、実施例3の(1)において、それぞれ表4に示すように、色材の種類と配合量を変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例3の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液R24~R41を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R24~R41の製造
 実施例11の(2)における色材分散液R3の代わりにそれぞれ上記色材分散液R24~R41を用い、膜厚を2.80μmとするために前記P/V比がそれぞれ表4に示した値となるようにアルカリ可溶性樹脂の量を調整した以外は、実施例11の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R24~R41を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例11の(3)において、着色樹脂組成物R11の代わりに、それぞれ上記着色樹脂組成物R24~R41を用いた以外は、実施例11の(3)と同様にして、着色層R24~R41を得た。
(Examples 24-41)
(1) Production of Color Material Dispersions R24 to R41 In Examples 24 to 41, as shown in Table 4 in Example 3 (1), the type and blending amount of color materials were changed, and the total amount Color material dispersions R24 to R41 were obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 3 except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted to 100 parts by mass.
(2) Production of Colored Resin Compositions R24 to R41 for Color Filter The above color material dispersions R24 to R41 were used in place of the color material dispersion R3 in (2) of Example 11, and the film thickness was 2.80 μm. Therefore, a colored resin composition for a color filter was prepared in the same manner as in (2) of Example 11 except that the amount of the alkali-soluble resin was adjusted so that the P / V ratio was the value shown in Table 4. R24 to R41 were obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as (3) of Example 11 except that the colored resin compositions R24 to R41 were used in place of the colored resin composition R11 in (3) of Example 11. Thus, colored layers R24 to R41 were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000026
(実施例42)
(1)色材分散液の製造 
 分散剤として合成例3の分散剤c溶液を6.23質量部、色材として前記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP、商品名:Irgaphor RED S 3621CF、BASF社製)を13.0質量部、合成例8で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を14.59質量部、PGMEAを66.20質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部をマヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工(株)製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、赤色色材分散液r1を得た。
 前記赤色色材分散液r1において、色材として前記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP)を13.0質量部用いる代わりに、色材としてC.I.ピグメントレッド254(商品名:Hostaperm Red D2B-COF LV3781、CLARIANT製)を13.0質量部用いた以外は前記赤色色材分散液r1と同様にして、赤色色材分散液r2を得た。
 前記赤色色材分散液r1において、色材として前記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP)を13.0質量部用いる代わりに、色材としてC.I.ピグメントレッド177(商品名:Paliogen Red L 4045、BASF製)を13.0質量部用いた以外は前記赤色色材分散液r1と同様にして、赤色色材分散液r3を得た。
 前記赤色色材分散液r1において、色材として前記化学式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料(BrDPP)を13.0質量部用いる代わりに、色材としてAzo誘導体2を13.0質量部用いた以外は前記赤色色材分散液r1と同様にして、黄色色材分散液yを得た。
(Example 42)
(1) Production of colorant dispersion
6.23 parts by mass of the dispersant c solution of Synthesis Example 3 as a dispersant, and diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the chemical formula (2) as a colorant (BrDPP, trade name: Irgaphor RED S 3621CF, manufactured by BASF) 14.0 parts by weight, 14.59 parts by weight of the alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8, 66.20 parts by weight of PGMEA, and 100 parts by weight of 2.0 mm zirconia beads in a mayonnaise bin, Shake with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Tekko Co., Ltd.) for 1 hour as preliminary crushing, then take out 2.0 mm zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 0.1 mm, and similarly As this crushing, dispersion was performed for 4 hours with a paint shaker to obtain a red color material dispersion r1.
In the red color material dispersion r1, instead of using 13.0 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the chemical formula (2) as the color material, C.I. I. A red color material dispersion r2 was obtained in the same manner as the red color material dispersion r1 except that 13.0 parts by mass of Pigment Red 254 (trade name: Hostasper Red D2B-COF LV3781, manufactured by CLARIANT) was used.
In the red color material dispersion r1, instead of using 13.0 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the chemical formula (2) as the color material, C.I. I. A red color material dispersion r3 was obtained in the same manner as the red color material dispersion r1 except that 13.0 parts by mass of Pigment Red 177 (trade name: Palogen Red L 4045, manufactured by BASF) was used.
Instead of using 13.0 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (BrDPP) represented by the chemical formula (2) as a colorant in the red colorant dispersion r1, 13.0 parts by mass of Azo derivative 2 as a colorant is used. A yellow color material dispersion y was obtained in the same manner as in the red color material dispersion r1 except that a part of the red color material dispersion r1 was used.
(2)カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R42の製造
 上記(1)で得られた赤色色材分散液r1を1.65質量部、赤色色材分散液r2を3.57質量部、赤色色材分散液r3を1.92質量部、黄色色材分散液yを4.15質量部、合成例8で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を1.90質量部、多官能モノマー(商品名アロニックスM-403、東亞合成(株)社製)を0.60質量部、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア907、BASF製)を0.09質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤:商品名イルガキュア369、BASF製)を0.04質量部、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(光開始剤:商品名アデカアークルズNCI-831、ADEKA社製)を0.02質量部、フッ素系界面活性剤(商品名メガファックF559、DIC(株)製)を0.07質量部、シランカップリング剤(商品名KBM-503、信越シリコーン製)0.07質量部、メルカプト化合物(ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート))0.05質量部、PGMEAを5.85質量部、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテートを3.92質量部加え、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R42を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、着色樹脂組成物R1の代わりに、上記着色樹脂組成物R42を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層R42を得た。
 得られたカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R42は、実施例3のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R3と同じ組成となっており、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R42及び着色層R42の評価結果は、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R3及び着色層R3の評価結果と同じになった。
(2) Production of colored resin composition R42 for color filter 1.65 parts by mass of red color material dispersion r1 obtained in (1) above, 3.57 parts by mass of red color material dispersion r2 and red color material 1.92 parts by mass of dispersion r3, 4.15 parts by mass of yellow color material dispersion y, 1.90 parts by mass of alkali-soluble resin A solution obtained in Synthesis Example 8, polyfunctional monomer (trade name Aronix M -403, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 0.60 parts by mass, 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 907) 0.09 parts by mass of BASF) and 0.04 parts of 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photoinitiator: trade name Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF) Part, ethanone, 1- [9 -Ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (photoinitiator: trade name Adeka Arcles NCI-831, manufactured by ADEKA) 0.02 part by mass, 0.07 part by mass of a fluorosurfactant (trade name MegaFuck F559, manufactured by DIC Corporation), 0.07 part by mass of a silane coupling agent (trade name KBM-503, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone) , 0.05 parts by mass of a mercapto compound (pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate)), 5.85 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 3.92 parts by mass of 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate A colored resin composition R42 for filters was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In (3) of Example 1, coloring was performed in the same manner as (3) of Example 1 except that the colored resin composition R42 was used instead of the colored resin composition R1. Layer R42 was obtained.
The obtained colored resin composition R42 for color filter has the same composition as the colored resin composition R3 for color filter of Example 3, and the evaluation results of the colored resin composition R42 for color filter and the colored layer R42 are as follows: It became the same as the evaluation result of colored resin composition R3 for color filters, and colored layer R3.
(実施例43~48)
(1)色材分散液R47の製造
 実施例47においては、実施例1の(1)において、それぞれ表5に示すように、分散剤a溶液の代わりに、分散剤g溶液を用いて固形分が同じ質量部となるように変更し、合計が100質量部になるようPGMEA量を調整した以外は、実施例1の(1)と同様にして、色材分散液R47を得た。
(2)カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R43~R48の製造
 実施例43においては、実施例3においてアルカリ可溶性樹脂A溶液を用いた代わりに、合成例9で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂B溶液を用い、更に、光開始剤について表5に示すように、IRG369を0.04質量部の代わりに、オキシムエステル系光開始剤(商品名イルガキュアOXE 01(OXE01)、BASF製)を0.02質量部用い、NCI831を0.02質量部の代わりに、オキシムエステル系開始剤(商品名イルガキュアOXE 02(OXE02)、BASF製)を0.04質量部用いた以外は、実施例3の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R43を得た。
 また、実施例44においては、実施例11において、酸化防止剤(商品名IRGANOX1010(1010)、BASF社製)0.03質量部の代わりに、酸化防止剤(商品名アデカスタブ AO-40(AO-40)、ADEKA製)0.03質量部を用いた以外は、実施例11の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R44を得た。
 また、実施例45においては、実施例11において、酸化防止剤(商品名IRGANOX1010(1010)、BASF社製)0.03質量部の代わりに、合成例10の潜在性酸化防止剤(化合物a)0.03質量部を用いた以外は、実施例11の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R45を得た。
 また、実施例46においては、実施例11において、酸化防止剤(商品名IRGANOX1010(1010)、BASF社製)0.03質量部を添加する代わりに、紫外線吸収剤(ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、商品名TINUVIN 329 BASF製)0.03質量部を添加した以外は、実施例11の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R46を得た。
 実施例47においては、実施例3において、色材分散液R3の代わりに、色材分散液R47を用いた以外は、実施例3の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R47を得た。
 実施例48においては、実施例43において、色材分散液R3の代わりに、色材分散液R47を用い、酸化防止剤(商品名アデカスタブ AO-40(AO-40)、ADEKA製)0.03質量部と、紫外線吸収剤(ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、商品名TINUVIN 329 BASF製)0.03質量部とを添加した以外は、実施例43の(2)と同様にして、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物R48を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の(3)において、着色樹脂組成物R1の代わりに、それぞれ上記着色樹脂組成物R43~R48を用いた以外は、実施例1の(3)と同様にして、着色層R43~R48を得た。
(Examples 43 to 48)
(1) Production of Colorant Dispersion R47 In Example 47, as shown in Table 5 in Example 1 (1), solid content was obtained by using Dispersant g solution instead of Dispersant a solution. Were changed to be the same part by mass, and a colorant dispersion R47 was obtained in the same manner as (1) of Example 1 except that the amount of PGMEA was adjusted so that the total amount was 100 parts by mass.
(2) Production of colored resin compositions R43 to R48 for color filter In Example 43, instead of using the alkali-soluble resin A solution in Example 3, the alkali-soluble resin B solution obtained in Synthesis Example 9 was used. Furthermore, as shown in Table 5 for the photoinitiator, instead of 0.04 parts by mass of IRG369, 0.02 parts by mass of oxime ester photoinitiator (trade name Irgacure OXE 01 (OXE01), manufactured by BASF) Example 2 (2) of Example 3 except that 0.04 parts by mass of NCI831 was used instead of 0.02 parts by mass of an oxime ester-based initiator (trade name Irgacure OXE 02 (OXE02), manufactured by BASF). Similarly, a colored resin composition R43 for color filters was obtained.
Further, in Example 44, instead of 0.03 part by mass of the antioxidant (trade name IRGANOX 1010 (1010), manufactured by BASF) in Example 11, the antioxidant (trade name ADK STAB AO-40 (AO- 40), manufactured by ADEKA) Except for using 0.03 parts by mass, a colored resin composition R44 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 11.
In Example 45, instead of 0.03 part by mass of the antioxidant (trade name IRGANOX 1010 (1010), manufactured by BASF) in Example 11, the latent antioxidant (Compound a) of Synthesis Example 10 was used. A colored resin composition R45 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 11 except that 0.03 part by mass was used.
In Example 46, instead of adding 0.03 part by mass of the antioxidant (trade name IRGANOX 1010 (1010), manufactured by BASF) in Example 11, an ultraviolet absorber (benzotriazole compound, trade name) A colored resin composition R46 for color filters was obtained in the same manner as (2) of Example 11 except that 0.03 parts by mass of TINUVIN 329 BASF) was added.
In Example 47, a colored resin composition for a color filter was obtained in the same manner as in (3) of Example 3 except that the color material dispersion R47 was used instead of the color material dispersion R3. R47 was obtained.
In Example 48, the colorant dispersion R47 was used instead of the colorant dispersion R3 in Example 43, and an antioxidant (trade name ADK STAB AO-40 (AO-40), manufactured by ADEKA) 0.03 A colored resin composition for a color filter in the same manner as in (2) of Example 43, except that part by mass and 0.03 part by mass of an ultraviolet absorber (benzotriazole-based compound, trade name: TINUVIN 329 BASF) were added. Product R48 was obtained.
(3) Formation of colored layer In the same manner as (3) of Example 1 except that the colored resin compositions R43 to R48 were used in place of the colored resin composition R1 in (1) of Example 1. As a result, colored layers R43 to R48 were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000027
[評価方法]
<色材分散液の分散性評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた色材分散液についてそれぞれ、調製直後と、25℃で30日間保存後の粘度を測定し、保存前後の粘度から粘度変化率を算出し、粘度安定性を評価した。粘度測定には振動式粘度計を用いて、25.0±0.5℃における粘度を測定した。結果を表2~5に示す。
(粘度安定性評価基準)
A:保存前後の粘度の変化率が10%未満
B:保存前後の粘度の変化率が10%以上15%未満
C:保存前後の粘度の変化率が15%以上25%未満
D:保存前後の粘度の変化率が25%以上
 ただし、色材分散液の溶剤を含めた合計質量に対して、色材を13質量%としたときの値である。
 評価結果がCでも色材分散液は実用上使用できるが、評価結果がBであれば色材分散液はより良好であり、評価結果がAであれば色材分散液は、分散安定性に優れている。
[Evaluation methods]
<Evaluation of dispersibility of colorant dispersion>
For the colorant dispersions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, the viscosity immediately after preparation and after storage for 30 days at 25 ° C. are measured, the rate of change in viscosity is calculated from the viscosity before and after storage, and the viscosity stability is evaluated. did. The viscosity was measured at 25.0 ± 0.5 ° C. using a vibration viscometer. The results are shown in Tables 2-5.
(Viscosity stability evaluation criteria)
A: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is less than 10% B: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is 10% or more and less than 15% C: Change rate of viscosity before and after storage is 15% or more and less than 25% D: Before and after storage Viscosity change rate is 25% or more However, this is a value when the color material is 13 mass% with respect to the total mass including the solvent of the color material dispersion.
Even if the evaluation result is C, the color material dispersion can be used practically. However, if the evaluation result is B, the color material dispersion is better. If the evaluation result is A, the color material dispersion is excellent in dispersion stability. Are better.
<光学性能評価、コントラスト評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた着色層のコントラストと色度(x、y)、輝度(Y)を大塚電子製分光特性測定装置LCF-1500Mと壺坂電気製コントラスト測定装置CT-1Bを用いて測定した。
(コントラスト評価基準)
・C光源でxが0.570~0.600としたときの値
AA:10000超過
A:8000~10000
B:6000~7999
C:6000未満
・C光源でxが0.607~0.630としたときの値
AA:9000超過
A:7000~9000
B:5000~6999
C:5000未満
・C光源でxが0.650~0.693としたときの値
AA:8000超過
A:6000~8000
B:4000~5999
C:4000未満
<Optical performance evaluation, contrast evaluation>
The contrast, chromaticity (x, y), and luminance (Y) of the colored layers obtained in the examples and comparative examples were measured using a spectral characteristic measuring device LCF-1500M manufactured by Otsuka Electronics and a contrast measuring device CT-1B manufactured by Aisaka Electric. Measured.
(Contrast evaluation criteria)
・ Value when C is 0.570 to 0.600 with C light source AA: More than 10,000 A: 8000 to 10,000
B: 6000-7999
C: Less than 6000 · Value when C is 0.607 to 0.630 with C light source AA: Over 9000 A: 7000 to 9000
B: 5000-6999
C: Less than 5000 · Value when C is 0.650 to 0.693 with C light source AA: Exceeds 8000 A: 6000 to 8000
B: 4000-5999
C: Less than 4000
<位相差の評価>
 着色層の位相差は、以下の式で計算される厚み方向のリタデーション(Rth)を指標とした。リタデーション(Rth)は、位相差層測定装置(AXOMETRICS社製AxoscanTM  Mueller  Matrix  Polarimeter)を用い、測定した。赤色着色層の測定波長は620nm及び665nmで測定した。
Rth=((Nx+Ny)/2-Nz)d
Nx:面内遅相軸方向の屈折率
Ny:面内進相軸方向の屈折率
Nz:厚み方向の屈折率
d:膜厚(nm)
<Evaluation of phase difference>
The retardation of the colored layer was determined using the retardation in the thickness direction (Rth) calculated by the following formula as an index. Retardation (Rth) was measured using a retardation layer measuring apparatus (Axoscan ™ Mueller Matrix Polarimeter manufactured by AXOMETRICS). The measurement wavelength of the red colored layer was measured at 620 nm and 665 nm.
Rth = ((Nx + Ny) / 2−Nz) d
Nx: Refractive index in the in-plane slow axis direction Ny: Refractive index in the in-plane fast axis direction Nz: Refractive index in the thickness direction d: Film thickness (nm)
<溶剤再溶解性評価>
 幅0.5cm長さ10cmのガラス基板の先端を、実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物に浸漬させ、ガラス基板の長さ1cm部分に塗布した。引き上げたガラス基板を、ガラス面が水平になるように恒温恒湿機に入れ、温度23℃、湿度80%RHで10分間の条件で乾燥させた。次に、乾燥させた塗膜が付着したガラス基板をPGMEA中に15秒間浸漬させた。このとき乾燥塗膜の再溶解状態を目視で判別し、評価した。
(溶剤再溶解性評価基準)
 AA:8秒以下で乾燥塗膜が完全に溶解した
 A:乾燥塗膜が完全に溶解した
 B:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じ、溶液が着色した
 C:溶剤中に乾燥塗膜の薄片が生じず、溶液が着色しなかった
 上記評価基準がAA、A又はBであれば、溶剤再溶解性良好と評価され、実用上問題なく使用できるが、評価結果がA、更にAAであればより効果が優れている。
<Solvent resolubility evaluation>
The tip of a glass substrate having a width of 0.5 cm and a length of 10 cm was immersed in the colored resin composition for a color filter obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, and applied to a 1 cm portion of the glass substrate. The pulled glass substrate was placed in a thermo-hygrostat so that the glass surface was horizontal, and dried at a temperature of 23 ° C. and a humidity of 80% RH for 10 minutes. Next, the glass substrate to which the dried coating film was adhered was immersed in PGMEA for 15 seconds. At this time, the redissolved state of the dried coating film was visually discriminated and evaluated.
(Solvent re-solubility evaluation criteria)
AA: The dried coating film was completely dissolved in 8 seconds or less. A: The dried coating film was completely dissolved. B: A flake of the dried coating film was formed in the solvent, and the solution was colored. C: The dried coating film was dissolved in the solvent. The flakes did not occur and the solution did not color. If the above evaluation criteria were AA, A or B, it was evaluated that the solvent resolubility was good and could be used practically without any problem, but the evaluation result was A and further AA. Is more effective.
<現像残渣評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて60℃で3分間乾燥することにより、厚さ2.5μmの着色層を形成した。上記着色層が形成されたガラス板を、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像した。上記着色層の形成後のガラス基板の未露光部(50mm×50mm)を、目視により観察した後、エタノールを含ませたレンズクリーナー(東レ社製、商品名トレシーMKクリーンクロス)で十分に拭き取り、そのレンズクリーナーの着色度合いを目視で観察した。
(現像残渣評価基準)
 AA:厚さ3.5μmの着色層による同様の評価でも、目視により現像残渣が確認されず、レンズクリーナーが全く着色しなかった
 A:目視により現像残渣が確認されず、レンズクリーナーが全く着色しなかった
 B:目視により現像残渣が確認されず、レンズクリーナーの着色がわずかに確認された
 C:目視により現像残渣がわずかに確認され、レンズクリーナーの着色が確認された
 D:目視により現像残渣が確認され、レンズクリーナーの着色が確認された
 上記評価基準がAA、A、B又はCであれば、実用上使用できるが、評価結果がB、更にA、より更にAAであればより効果が優れている。
<Development residue evaluation>
The colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in the examples and comparative examples were respectively applied to a spin coater on a 100 mm × 100 mm glass substrate (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) with a thickness of 0.7 mm. After being applied, it was dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a colored layer having a thickness of 2.5 μm. The glass plate on which the colored layer was formed was shower-developed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. After observing the unexposed portion (50 mm × 50 mm) of the glass substrate after the formation of the colored layer by visual observation, the glass substrate is thoroughly wiped with a lens cleaner (trade name Toraysee MK Clean Cloth, manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.), The coloring degree of the lens cleaner was visually observed.
(Development residue evaluation criteria)
AA: Even in the same evaluation with a colored layer having a thickness of 3.5 μm, no development residue was visually confirmed and the lens cleaner was not colored at all. A: No development residue was visually confirmed, and the lens cleaner was completely colored. B: Development residue was not visually confirmed, and the color of the lens cleaner was slightly confirmed. C: Development residue was visually confirmed, and the color of the lens cleaner was confirmed. D: Development residue was visually confirmed. When the above evaluation criteria are AA, A, B, or C, it can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is B, further A, and further AA, the effect is more excellent. ing.
<現像耐性評価>
 実施例及び比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれ厚み0.7mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した。80℃のホットプレート上で3分間加熱乾燥を行った後、超高圧水銀灯を用いて40mJ/cmの紫外線を照射した。この時点での膜厚を測定して、T1(μm)とする。その後、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いてシャワー現像した。現像後の膜厚を測定してT2(μm)とする。T2/T1×100(%)を計算した。
(現像耐性評価基準)
 AA:98%以上
 A:95%以上98%未満
 B:90%以上95%未満
 C:90%未満
 評価結果がAA、A、Bであれば実用上使用できるが、上記評価基準がA、更にAAであれば、より効果が優れている。
<Development resistance evaluation>
The colored resin compositions for color filters obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were each applied on a glass substrate having a thickness of 0.7 mm (“NA35” manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) using a spin coater. After heating and drying on an 80 ° C. hot plate for 3 minutes, ultraviolet rays of 40 mJ / cm 2 were irradiated using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. The film thickness at this point is measured and set to T1 (μm). Thereafter, shower development was performed using a 0.05% by mass aqueous potassium hydroxide solution as an alkaline developer. The film thickness after development is measured and set to T2 (μm). T2 / T1 × 100 (%) was calculated.
(Development resistance evaluation criteria)
AA: 98% or more A: 95% or more and less than 98% B: 90% or more and less than 95% C: less than 90% Although the evaluation results are AA, A, and B, they can be used practically. AA is more effective.
<水染み評価>
 各実施例及び各比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を、ガラス基板(NHテクノグラス(株)社製、「NA35」)上に、スピンコーターを用いてポストベーク後に厚さ1.6μmの着色層を形成する膜厚で塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて60℃で3分間乾燥し、フォトマスクを介さずに超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を全面照射することにより、ガラス基板上に着色層を形成した。次いで、0.05wt%カリウム(KOH)を現像液としてスピン現像し、現像液に60秒間接液させた後に純水で洗浄することで現像処理し、洗浄後の基板を10秒間回転させ水を遠心除去した直後に、下記のように純水の接触角を測定して水染みを評価した。
 純水の接触角の測定は、前記水を遠心除去した直後の着色層表面に、純水1.0μLの液滴を滴下し、着滴10秒後の静的接触角をθ/2法に従って計測した。測定装置は、協和界面科学社製 接触角計DM 500を用いて、測定した。
(水染み評価基準)
AA:接触角80度以上
A:接触角75度以上80度未満
B:接触角65度以上75度未満
C:接触角50度以上65度未満
D:接触角50度未満
 水染み評価基準がAA、A又はBであれば、実用上使用できるが、評価結果がA、更にAAであればより効果が優れている。
<Water stain evaluation>
The color filter colored resin composition obtained in each example and each comparative example was formed on a glass substrate (NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd., “NA35”) with a thickness of 1 after post-baking using a spin coater. After coating with a film thickness to form a colored layer of .6 μm, it is dried at 60 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate, and irradiated with ultraviolet light of 60 mJ / cm 2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp without using a photomask. As a result, a colored layer was formed on the glass substrate. Next, spin development is performed using 0.05 wt% potassium (KOH) as a developer, the developer is subjected to an indirect solution for 60 seconds and then washed with pure water, and the washed substrate is rotated for 10 seconds to remove water. Immediately after centrifugation, the contact angle of pure water was measured as described below to evaluate water stain.
The contact angle of pure water was measured by dropping 1.0 μL of pure water on the surface of the colored layer immediately after removing the water by centrifugation, and determining the static contact angle 10 seconds after the landing according to the θ / 2 method. Measured. The measuring device was measured using a contact angle meter DM 500 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.
(Water stain evaluation criteria)
AA: Contact angle of 80 degrees or more A: Contact angle of 75 degrees or more and less than 80 degrees B: Contact angle of 65 degrees or more and less than 75 degrees C: Contact angle of 50 degrees or more and less than 65 degrees D: Contact angle of less than 50 degrees Water stain evaluation standard is AA If it is A or B, it can be used practically, but if the evaluation result is A and further AA, the effect is more excellent.
<SiN密着性評価>
 各実施例及び各比較例で得られたカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物を、それぞれSiN基板(株式会社フォアサイト製)上に、スピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間乾燥し、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、更に230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークすることにより、硬化後の膜厚が2.10μmとなるように膜厚を調整して着色層を形成した。
 得られた着色層について、JIS K 5600-5-6に準拠したクロスカット試験を行い、テープによる剥離操作を繰り返し5回実施した後、塗膜の剥がれの有無を観察し、下記評価基準により評価した。
(SiN密着性評価基準)
AA:どの格子の目も剥がれがない 
A: カットの交差点における塗膜の小さな剥がれがあるものの、剥がれの専有面積は5%未満
B:塗膜がカットの線に沿って、交差点においてはがれている。剥がれの専有面積は5%以上15%未満 
C:塗膜がカットの線に沿って部分的、全面的にはがれている。剥がれの専有面積は15%以上35%未満
<SiN adhesion evaluation>
The colored resin composition for color filter obtained in each example and each comparative example was applied on a SiN substrate (manufactured by Foresight Co., Ltd.) using a spin coater, and then at 80 ° C. using a hot plate. The film is dried for 3 minutes, irradiated with 60 mJ / cm 2 ultraviolet rays using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and further post-baked for 30 minutes in a clean oven at 230 ° C., so that the film thickness after curing becomes 2.10 μm. The colored layer was formed by adjusting the thickness.
The obtained colored layer was subjected to a cross-cut test in accordance with JIS K 5600-5-6, and after repeating the peeling operation with the tape 5 times, the presence or absence of peeling of the coating film was observed and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. did.
(SiN adhesion evaluation criteria)
AA: There is no peeling of the eyes of any lattice
A: Although there is a small peeling of the coating film at the intersection of the cuts, the exclusive area of the peeling is less than 5%. B: The coating film is peeled off at the intersections along the cut line. Exclusive area of peeling is 5% or more and less than 15%
C: The coating film is partially or totally peeled along the cut line. Exclusive area of peeling is 15% or more and less than 35%
[結果のまとめ]
 表の結果から、赤色色材に、前記特定の黄色色材とを組み合わせ、更に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤とを組み合わせた実施例1~41、及び47の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が良好であることが明らかにされた。一方、赤色色材に、従来の黄色色材、ウレタン系分散剤を組み合わせた比較例1の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が悪いことが明らかにされた。また、赤色色材に、前記特定の黄色色材の組み合わせても、ウレタン系分散剤を組み合わせた比較例2の色材分散液は、粘度安定性が悪いことが明らかにされた。
 また、赤色色材に、従来の黄色色材を組み合わせた比較例3~7の色材分散液は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を用いても、粘度安定性に劣ることが示された。
[Summary of results]
From the results in the table, Examples 1 to 41 in which the red color material is combined with the specific yellow color material, and further, the dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). The colorant dispersions No. 47 and No. 47 were found to have good viscosity stability. On the other hand, it was revealed that the color material dispersion of Comparative Example 1 in which a red color material is combined with a conventional yellow color material and a urethane-based dispersant has poor viscosity stability. Further, it was revealed that even when the specific yellow color material was combined with the red color material, the color material dispersion of Comparative Example 2 in which the urethane-based dispersant was combined had poor viscosity stability.
In addition, the colorant dispersions of Comparative Examples 3 to 7 in which a conventional yellow color material is combined with a red color material may use a dispersant that is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). It was shown that the viscosity stability was poor.
 また、赤色色材に、前記特定の黄色色材とを組み合わせ、更に、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である分散剤を組み合わせた実施例1~48のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物は、色材分散安定性が良好であり、当該着色樹脂組成物を用いた着色層は、位相差値が低減されながら、コントラストに優れるものであることが明らかにされた。また、実施例1~48の着色樹脂組成物を用いた着色層はそれぞれ、SiNに対する密着性に優れており、中でも実施例11、44、45、46、及び48の着色樹脂組成物を用いた着色層がSiNに対する密着性に優れることも明らかにされた。また、実施例10のSiNに対する密着性は、AAに近いAであり、良好であった。
 一方、実施例とは異なる色材を組み合わせた比較例1、3~7は、いずれも同じ色度座標(x、y)の実施例と比較して、コントラストが劣り、位相差値が大きくなっていた。
 また、赤色色材に、前記特定の黄色色材の組み合わせても、ウレタン系分散剤を組み合わせた比較例2は、同じ色度座標(x、y)の実施例と比較して、コントラストが劣り、位相差値が大きくなっていた。
また、比較例1、3~7では、同じ色度座標(x、y)の実施例と比較して、着色樹脂組成物におけるP/V比が大きくなる傾向があり、SiNに対する密着性も劣っていた。
 更に、比較例1では、同じ色度座標(x、y)の実施例と比較して、溶剤再溶解性、現像残渣の抑制、現像耐性、水染みの点でも劣っていた。
In addition, for the color filter of Examples 1 to 48, the red color material is combined with the specific yellow color material, and further, the dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I). The colored resin composition has good colorant dispersion stability, and it has been clarified that the colored layer using the colored resin composition is excellent in contrast while the retardation value is reduced. In addition, each of the colored layers using the colored resin compositions of Examples 1 to 48 has excellent adhesion to SiN, and among them, the colored resin compositions of Examples 11, 44, 45, 46, and 48 were used. It was also revealed that the colored layer has excellent adhesion to SiN. Further, the adhesion of Example 10 to SiN was A, which was close to AA, and was good.
On the other hand, Comparative Examples 1 and 3 to 7 in which color materials different from the Examples are combined are inferior in contrast and large in phase difference value as compared with Examples having the same chromaticity coordinates (x, y). It was.
Further, even when the specific yellow color material is combined with the red color material, the comparative example 2 in which the urethane-based dispersant is combined is inferior in contrast to the example of the same chromaticity coordinate (x, y). The phase difference value was large.
Further, in Comparative Examples 1, 3 to 7, the P / V ratio in the colored resin composition tends to be larger and the adhesion to SiN is inferior as compared with Examples having the same chromaticity coordinates (x, y). It was.
Furthermore, Comparative Example 1 was inferior in terms of solvent resolubility, development residue suppression, development resistance, and water stain as compared with Examples having the same chromaticity coordinates (x, y).
 実施例の中でも、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として、炭化水素環を有するマレイミド構造とスチレン構造の両方を含み、酸化防止剤を添加した実施例では、現像残渣の抑制と、輝度が向上した着色層が形成されることが明らかにされた。
 また、オキシムエステル系光開始剤2種類と酸化防止剤とを組み合わせて用いると、現像耐性と輝度が向上した着色層が形成されることが明らかにされた。中でも、フルオレン骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤とジフェニルスルフィドを有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を併用することは輝度に優れる点で好ましく、カルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤とジフェニルスルフィドを有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を併用することは水染み抑制効果が高くなる点で好ましかった。
Among the examples, the alkali-soluble resin includes both a maleimide structure having a hydrocarbon ring and a styrene structure, and in the example in which an antioxidant is added, a colored layer having improved development residue and brightness is formed. It was revealed that
Further, it has been clarified that when two types of oxime ester photoinitiators are used in combination with an antioxidant, a colored layer having improved development resistance and luminance is formed. Among them, it is preferable to use an oxime ester photoinitiator having a fluorene skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having diphenyl sulfide in terms of excellent luminance, and it has an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton and diphenyl sulfide. The combined use of an oxime ester photoinitiator was preferred in that the effect of suppressing water stain was increased.
 また、分子量が500以下で且つフェノール性水酸基1個あたりの分子量が200当量以下であるヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いた実施例44は、位相差値が低減されながら、輝度が向上した着色層が形成された。実施例44ではコントラストもAAに近いAであり、コントラストも向上した着色層が得られた。
 また、潜在性酸化防止剤を用いた実施例45は、位相差値が低減され、コントラストもAAに近いAと、コントラストも向上した着色層が得られた。
 また、紫外線吸収剤を用いた実施例46は、位相差値が低減され、コントラストもAAに近いAと、コントラストも向上した着色層が得られた。
 また、カルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤とジフェニルスルフィドを有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を併用し、更に、分子量が500以下で且つフェノール性水酸基1個あたりの分子量が200当量以下であるヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤と紫外線吸収剤とを組み合わせて用いた実施例48は、位相差値が低減されながら、輝度が向上し、水染み抑制効果が向上した着色層が形成された。実施例48ではコントラストもAAに近いAであり、コントラストも向上した着色層が得られた。
Further, Example 44 using a hindered phenol-based antioxidant having a molecular weight of 500 or less and a molecular weight per phenolic hydroxyl group of 200 equivalents or less is colored with improved brightness while reducing the retardation value. A layer was formed. In Example 44, the contrast was A close to AA, and a colored layer with improved contrast was obtained.
In Example 45 using the latent antioxidant, a phase difference value was reduced, and a colored layer having a contrast of A, which was close to AA, and an improved contrast was obtained.
Further, in Example 46 using the ultraviolet absorber, a colored layer having a reduced retardation value, a contrast A close to AA, and an improved contrast was obtained.
In addition, a hinder having an oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton and an oxime ester photoinitiator having diphenyl sulfide, having a molecular weight of 500 or less and a molecular weight per phenolic hydroxyl group of 200 equivalents or less. In Example 48 using a combination of a dophenol-based antioxidant and an ultraviolet absorber, a colored layer with improved brightness and improved water stain suppression effect was formed while the retardation value was reduced. In Example 48, the contrast was A close to AA, and a colored layer with improved contrast was obtained.
 1 基板
 2 遮光部
 3 着色層
 10 カラーフィルタ
 20 対向基板
 30 液晶層
 40 液晶表示装置
 50 有機保護層
 60 無機酸化膜
 71 透明陽極
 72 正孔注入層  
 73 正孔輸送層
 74 発光層
 75 電子注入層
 76 陰極
 80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Substrate 2 Light-shielding part 3 Colored layer 10 Color filter 20 Counter substrate 30 Liquid crystal layer 40 Liquid crystal display device 50 Organic protective layer 60 Inorganic oxide film 71 Transparent anode 72 Hole injection layer
73 hole transport layer 74 light emitting layer 75 electron injection layer 76 cathode 80 organic light emitter 100 organic light emitting display device

Claims (13)

  1.  色材と、分散剤と、溶剤とを含有する色材分散液であって、
     前記色材が、赤色色材及び黄色色材を含み、
     当該黄色色材が、下記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンと、下記一般式(B)で表される化合物とを含み、
     前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である、カラーフィルタ用色材分散液。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (一般式(A)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、アシルアミノ、アルキルアミノ又はアリールアミノであり、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH又は-NHである。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (一般式(B)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はアルキル基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。)
    A color material dispersion containing a color material, a dispersant, and a solvent,
    The color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material,
    The yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof: An ion of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, and a compound represented by the following general formula (B): Including
    A color material dispersion for a color filter, wherein the dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the general formula (A), each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R b is independently —OH or — NH 2. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the general formula (B), each R c is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the general formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
  2.  前記赤色色材が、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料、ナフトール系アゾ顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、及びペリレン系顔料からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項1に記載のカラーフィルタ用色材分散液。 The color material for a color filter according to claim 1, wherein the red color material includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a naphthol azo pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, and a perylene pigment. Dispersion.
  3.  前記黄色色材における少なくとも2種の金属として、Niと、更に、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属とを含む、請求項1又は2に記載のカラーフィルタ用色材分散液。 Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn as at least two kinds of metals in the yellow color material The color material dispersion for a color filter according to claim 1, comprising:
  4.  前記黄色色材における少なくとも2種の金属が、NiとZnであるか、又は、NiとCuである、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタ用色材分散液。 The color material dispersion for a color filter according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein at least two kinds of metals in the yellow color material are Ni and Zn, or Ni and Cu.
  5.  色材と、分散剤と、バインダー成分と、溶剤とを含有するカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物であって、
     前記色材が、赤色色材及び黄色色材を含み、
     当該黄色色材が、下記一般式(A)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンと、下記一般式(B)で表される化合物とを含み、
     前記分散剤が、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体である、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (一般式(A)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、アシルアミノ、アルキルアミノ又はアリールアミノであり、Rはそれぞれ独立して、-OH又は-NHである。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (一般式(B)中、Rはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (一般式(I)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基、Aは、2価の連結基、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R及びRが互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。)
    A colored resin composition for a color filter containing a coloring material, a dispersant, a binder component, and a solvent,
    The color material includes a red color material and a yellow color material,
    The yellow color material includes at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri-, and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (A) and an azo compound having a tautomer structure thereof: An ion of at least two metals selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, and a compound represented by the following general formula (B): Including
    A colored resin composition for a color filter, wherein the dispersant is a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the general formula (A), each R a is independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino, or arylamino, and each R b is independently —OH or — NH 2. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In the general formula (B), each R c is independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In the general formula (I), R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, A is a divalent linking group, R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon that may contain a hetero atom. Represents a group, and R 2 and R 3 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
  6.  前記赤色色材が、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料、ナフトール系アゾ顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、及びペリレン系顔料からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含む、請求項5に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin for a color filter according to claim 5, wherein the red color material includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a naphthol azo pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, and a perylene pigment. Composition.
  7.  前記黄色色材における少なくとも2種の金属として、Niと、更に、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属とを含む、請求項5又は6に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn as at least two kinds of metals in the yellow color material A colored resin composition for a color filter according to claim 5 or 6.
  8.  前記黄色色材における少なくとも2種の金属が、NiとZnであるか、又は、NiとCuである、請求項5~7のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein at least two kinds of metals in the yellow color material are Ni and Zn, or Ni and Cu.
  9.  前記バインダー成分が、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、多官能モノマーと、光開始剤とを含み、前記光開始剤が、オキシム開始剤である、請求項5~8のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 The color filter for a color filter according to any one of claims 5 to 8, wherein the binder component comprises an alkali-soluble resin, a polyfunctional monomer, and a photoinitiator, and the photoinitiator is an oxime initiator. Colored resin composition.
  10.  更に、酸化防止剤を含有する、請求項5~9のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 5 to 9, further comprising an antioxidant.
  11.  C光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標が、x=0.550~0.700、y=0.290~0.450の範囲にある硬化膜を形成可能な、請求項5~10のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物。 A cured film can be formed with chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source in the range of x = 0.550 to 0.700 and y = 0.290 to 0.450. The colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 5 to 10.
  12.  基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項5~11のいずれか1項に記載のカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の硬化物であることを特徴とするカラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the colored resin composition for a color filter according to any one of claims 5 to 11. A color filter, which is a cured product.
  13.  前記請求項12に記載のカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする表示装置。 A display device comprising the color filter according to claim 12.
PCT/JP2017/046687 2016-12-28 2017-12-26 Colorant dispersion liquid for color filters, coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device WO2018124087A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018559523A JP7094891B2 (en) 2016-12-28 2017-12-26 Color material dispersion for color filters, colored resin compositions for color filters, color filters, and display devices
CN201780076574.9A CN110062900A (en) 2016-12-28 2017-12-26 Colour filter colorant dispersion, colour filter colored resin composition, colour filter and display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016255837 2016-12-28
JP2016-255837 2016-12-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018124087A1 true WO2018124087A1 (en) 2018-07-05

Family

ID=62711000

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/046687 WO2018124087A1 (en) 2016-12-28 2017-12-26 Colorant dispersion liquid for color filters, coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7094891B2 (en)
CN (1) CN110062900A (en)
TW (1) TWI748029B (en)
WO (1) WO2018124087A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI684267B (en) * 2018-09-12 2020-02-01 大陸商友達光電(昆山)有限公司 A mask assembly and a display panel
JP2020101759A (en) * 2018-12-25 2020-07-02 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive colored composition, color filter, and liquid-crystal display
CN112585507A (en) * 2018-08-27 2021-03-30 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
WO2022270349A1 (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-29 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Photosensitive red resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI770994B (en) * 2021-05-10 2022-07-11 住華科技股份有限公司 Coloring resin composition, method of manufacturing the same, and method of manufacturing photoresist structure

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001354869A (en) * 2000-04-04 2001-12-25 Bayer Ag Organic pigment to be put in color filter of liquid crystalline display
JP2008209804A (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-09-11 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Red colored composition for color filter, and the color filter
JP2013254126A (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-19 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Green coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2014012838A (en) * 2012-07-04 2014-01-23 Lanxess Deutschland Gmbh Metal azo pigment and pigment preparation produced from them
WO2016104493A1 (en) * 2014-12-24 2016-06-30 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102005063360A1 (en) * 2005-07-19 2007-04-05 Lanxess Deutschland Gmbh Organic pigments for color filters
JP2007293061A (en) * 2006-04-25 2007-11-08 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Red-colored composition, and red coating film and color filter using the composition
EP2246350A1 (en) * 2009-04-15 2010-11-03 LANXESS Deutschland GmbH Fluoride-substituted perylenes for colour filters in LCD
JP2011112693A (en) * 2009-11-24 2011-06-09 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Color filter substrate and liquid crystal display device
JP2011133577A (en) * 2009-12-22 2011-07-07 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Color filter substrate and liquid crystal display device
JP5229426B2 (en) * 2010-03-31 2013-07-03 大日本印刷株式会社 Red photosensitive resin composition for color filter and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP2013064870A (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-04-11 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Method for manufacturing red resin composition for color filter and method for manufacturing color filter
JP5994530B2 (en) * 2011-09-27 2016-09-21 三菱化学株式会社 Pigment dispersion, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device
CN107003448B (en) * 2014-12-24 2020-02-14 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Color material dispersion liquid, photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
ES2657803T3 (en) * 2015-03-23 2018-03-06 Lanxess Deutschland Gmbh Metal azo pigments

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001354869A (en) * 2000-04-04 2001-12-25 Bayer Ag Organic pigment to be put in color filter of liquid crystalline display
JP2008209804A (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-09-11 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Red colored composition for color filter, and the color filter
JP2013254126A (en) * 2012-06-08 2013-12-19 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Green coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2014012838A (en) * 2012-07-04 2014-01-23 Lanxess Deutschland Gmbh Metal azo pigment and pigment preparation produced from them
WO2016104493A1 (en) * 2014-12-24 2016-06-30 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersant for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112585507A (en) * 2018-08-27 2021-03-30 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JPWO2020044975A1 (en) * 2018-08-27 2021-08-26 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
CN112585507B (en) * 2018-08-27 2023-04-11 Dnp精细化工股份有限公司 Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP7308842B2 (en) 2018-08-27 2023-07-14 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
TWI684267B (en) * 2018-09-12 2020-02-01 大陸商友達光電(昆山)有限公司 A mask assembly and a display panel
JP2020101759A (en) * 2018-12-25 2020-07-02 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive colored composition, color filter, and liquid-crystal display
JP7454907B2 (en) 2018-12-25 2024-03-25 artience株式会社 Photosensitive coloring compositions, color filters and liquid crystal display devices
WO2022270349A1 (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-29 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Photosensitive red resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP7094891B2 (en) 2022-07-04
TW201840740A (en) 2018-11-16
TWI748029B (en) 2021-12-01
CN110062900A (en) 2019-07-26
JPWO2018124087A1 (en) 2019-10-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6494875B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6059397B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6827079B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices
WO2018124087A1 (en) Colorant dispersion liquid for color filters, coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device
JP6059396B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device
JP7087149B2 (en) Colored resin compositions for color filters, pigment dispersions, color filters, and display devices
CN109642971B (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, and display device
JP2017156524A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display
JP2014178676A (en) Coloring composition, cured coloring film, display element, and solid-state image sensor
JP2018101018A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, coloring material dispersion liquid, color filter, and display
JP2020091489A (en) Color material dispersion liquid, photosensitive color resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device
WO2018159458A1 (en) Colorant dispersed liquid for color filters, dispersant, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device
JP6868359B2 (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices
JP6826828B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices
JP5899719B2 (en) Pigment dispersion, negative resist composition for color filter and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP2019174635A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2018101015A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, coloring material dispersion liquid, color filter, and display
WO2018159541A1 (en) Coloring material dispersion for color filter, coloring material resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP6450057B1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
WO2023002875A1 (en) Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device
WO2023120087A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
JP2020126093A (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, dispersion auxiliary resin, photosensitive coloring resin composition and cured substance thereof, color filter, and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17886847

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018559523

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17886847

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1